-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, NUFQMeEiqtNG7hZRLWdERftV2Bhw2wcRVAET1H5C2aN2xfYEQKPXeELpH/ycnSfU ADceICtb1wTFNXde0ZaEbw== 0000950135-03-005890.txt : 20031202 0000950135-03-005890.hdr.sgml : 20031202 20031202162440 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950135-03-005890 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 13 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20030930 FILED AS OF DATE: 20031202 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: BROOKS AUTOMATION INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000933974 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SPECIAL INDUSTRY MACHINERY, NEC [3559] IRS NUMBER: 043040660 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0930 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-25434 FILM NUMBER: 031032938 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 15 ELIZABETH DRIVE CITY: CHELMSFORD STATE: MA ZIP: 01824 BUSINESS PHONE: (978) 262-2400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 15 ELIZABETH DRIVE CITY: CHELMSFORD STATE: MA ZIP: 01824 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: BROOKS-PRI AUTOMATION INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20020514 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: BROOKS AUTOMATION INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19941215 10-K 1 b48616bae10vk.htm BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC. Brooks Automation, Inc.
Table of Contents



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

     
(Mark One)
   
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For fiscal year ended September 30, 2003
 
or
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (no fee required)
 
    For the transition period from           to           .

Commission File Number: 0-25434

Brooks Automation, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
     
Delaware
  04-3040660
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
15 Elizabeth Drive
Chelmsford, Massachusetts
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  01824
(Zip Code)

978-262-2400

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Rights to Purchase Common Stock

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes þ          No o

      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K. o

      The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2003, was $338,460,666.01 based on the closing price per share of $9.67 on that date on the Nasdaq Stock Market. As of November 25, 2003, 37,307,637 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $0.01 par value, were outstanding.

      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).     Yes þ          No o

      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

      Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement involving the election of directors, which is expected to be filed within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Report.




PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Risks Relating to Our Industry
Risks Relating to Brooks
Risks Relating to Our Customers
Other Risks
Brooks Automation, Inc.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Financial Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matter
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule and Reports on Form 8-K
SIGNATURES
Ex-10.41 Lease Agreement - Jenoptik AG
Ex-10.42 Lease Agreement - Jorent Techno GmbH(1/2)
Ex-10.43 Lease Agreement - Jorent Techno GmbH (1)
Ex-10.44 Lease Agreement - Jentech Verwaltungsg...
Ex-10.45 Lease Agreement - TEAG Thuringer Energie
Ex-10.46 Lease Agreement - Kyunggi Industry
Ex-12.01 Calculation of Ratio of Earnings
Ex-21.01 Subsidiaries of the Company
Ex-23.01 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Ex-31.01 Rule 13a-14(a), 15d-14(a) Certification
Ex-31.02 Rule 13a-14(a), 15d-14(a) Certification
Ex-32 Section 1350 Certifications


Table of Contents

PART I

 
Item 1. Business

      Brooks Automation, Inc. (“Brooks”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is a leading supplier of automation products and solutions primarily serving the worldwide semiconductor market. We supply hardware, software and services to both chip manufacturers and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, who make manufacturing equipment for making semiconductor devices. We are a technology and market leader with offerings ranging from hardware and software modules to fully integrated systems and the system integration services to deploy our products on a world-wide basis. Although our core business addresses the increasingly complex automation requirements of the global semiconductor industry, we are also focused on providing automation solutions for a number of related industries, including flat panel display manufacturing, data storage and other complex manufacturing.

      We were founded in 1978 to develop and market automated substrate handling technology for semiconductor manufacturing equipment and became a publicly traded company in February 1995. We have grown significantly from being a niche supplier of robot modules to become the largest merchant supplier of hardware and software automation products for the semiconductor industry in calendar year 2002, and the world’s eleventh largest semiconductor front-end capital equipment company in the same periods, according to the independent market research firm Gartner Dataquest.

      Our business is significantly dependent on capital expenditures by semiconductor manufacturers, which are dependent on the current and anticipated market demand for semiconductor chips and electronics equipment. To maintain manufacturing leadership and growth in the semiconductor industry, companies have to make significant capital expenditures and investments in research and development. For example, investments in the production of chips using advanced 130-nanometer and especially 90-nanometer manufacturing technology are an enabler for a broad range of new products that should help drive prolonged and robust growth in the chip industry (increases chip performance, decreases power consumption and reduces cost). Demand for semiconductors is cyclical and has historically experienced periodic expansions and downturns. The semiconductor industry has experienced a prolonged downturn, which began to impact us in the third quarter of fiscal 2001, and continued throughout fiscal 2002 and 2003. The downturn has adversely affected revenues, gross margins and operating results. In response to this severe downturn, we took restructuring actions aimed at aligning our ongoing operating costs with currently expected revenues over the near term. These cost management initiatives have included consolidations of facilities, reductions in workforce, salary and wage reductions and reduced spending. We believe that given the current conditions, we have completed the necessary restructuring actions outlined above as of the end of fiscal 2003. This downturn has also impacted other companies, resulting in an industry-wide consolidation that may have benefited us. We are now preparing for any increase in demand for our products and services that could result from a possible upturn in demand for semiconductor chips and electronics equipment.

Industry Background

      Automation plays a critical role in the manufacturing process of semiconductors. The majority of modern semiconductor fabrication facilities, or fabs, manufacture chips on circular silicon wafers with diameters of 150mm, or 6 inches, and 200mm, or 8 inches. Most recently the industry has begun to adopt wafers with diameter sizes of 300mm, or 12 inches. A production manufacturing batch or lot for 150mm and 200mm wafer sizes consists of 25 wafers, contained in either an open cassette or a fully enclosed pod called SMIF, or standard mechanical interface. Production lots for 300mm manufacturing typically consist of 25 wafers contained in a FOUP, or front-opening unified pod. Both SMIF and FOUP technologies isolate the wafers from their surroundings by creating an ultra-clean “mini-environment” within the pod. One wafer may yield hundreds of chips, and each chip may contain tens or hundreds of millions of microscopic transistors in leading devices. Chips are used in a wide variety of applications, ranging from complex logic and memory chips used in a broad range of computers to application-specific integrated circuits, or ASICs, used in automobiles and consumer products to Digital Signal Processing (DSP) and Analog semiconductors used in the mobile Internet such as color-screen multimedia cell phones.

1


Table of Contents

      In order to create the millions of microscopic transistors and connect them together horizontally and in vertical layers into a functioning integrated circuit, or IC, the silicon wafers must go through hundreds of process steps that require complex processing equipment, or tools, to create the integrated circuits. A large production fab may have more than 70 different types of process and metrology tools, totaling as many as 500 tools or more. Wafers can go through as many as 400 different process steps before completion. As the complexity of semiconductors continues to increase, the number of process steps also increases, resulting in a greater need for automation due to more handling and tracking requirements, and higher number of tools. In addition, with the transition to 300mm wafers, the size, expense and weight of a FOUP of wafers increase significantly, making manual handling of wafers difficult and risky.

      During processing, the wafers need to be physically transported between different process tools, repeatedly identified, tracked, loaded into the equipment and processed, unloaded, verified and inspected, and dispatched to the next process step or storage area. All the above actions can be automated. Automation enables the right material to be delivered at the right time to the right equipment with the right process recipe. Similarly, non-production wafers and durable goods, such as wafer carriers and photolithography masks or reticles used in production, must also be handled, tracked and managed. Consequently, the automation systems physically touch and handle nearly every wafer in the fab, while the software systems manage the data of virtually every manufacturing lot, piece of equipment and resource in the fab.

      The capital expenditure by a semiconductor company in a modern 200mm fab can be as much as $1.5 billion while the cost for a 300mm fab can exceed $2.7 billion. While most 200mm fabs were only partially automated, virtually all 300mm production fabs are fully automated due to the greater weight and value of a production lot. The investment in automation hardware, software and services has grown from approximately $50 million in a 200mm fab to $180 million in a 300mm fab. Typically 75 to 80 percent of the capital investment for a fab is for manufacturing equipment, while the remainder is dedicated to the land, the physical building, the clean room production floor and automation, Internet and facilities infrastructure. We believe we are the only company with a portfolio of hardware and software products and system integration services that can address the total automation market for semiconductor manufacturing.

      Today, almost every aspect of processing includes automation, from material handling to tracking work-in-process to process control and scheduling. Factory and equipment automation directly impact factory performance. Factory performance, in turn, drives semiconductor manufacturers’ ability to:

  •  reduce manufacturing costs;
 
  •  reduce cycle time, making the throughput more predictable;
 
  •  deliver products to market first when product profitability is greatest; and
 
  •  reduce defects and improve yield.

      We operate in three segments: equipment automation, factory automation hardware and factory automation software.

      The equipment automation segment provides automated material handling products and components for use within semiconductor process equipment. These systems automate the movement of wafers into and out of semiconductor manufacturing process chambers and provide an integration point between factory automation systems and process tools. These include vacuum and atmospheric systems and robots and related components. The primary customers for these solutions are manufacturers of process tool equipment.

      The factory automation hardware segment provides automated material management products and components for use within the factory. Our factory automation hardware products consist of automated storage and retrieval systems and wafer/reticle transport systems based on its proprietary AeroTrak overhead monorail systems and AeroLoader overhead hoist vehicle. They store, transport and manage the movement of work-in-process wafers and lithography reticles throughout the fab. The factory automation hardware segment also provides hardware and software solutions, including mini-environments and other automated transfer mechanisms to isolate the semiconductor wafer from the production environment.

2


Table of Contents

      The factory automation software segment provides software products for the semiconductor manufacturing execution system (“MES”) market, including consulting and software customization. Our software products enable semiconductor manufacturers to increase their return on investment by maximizing production efficiency, and may be sold as part of an integrated solution or on a stand-alone basis.

 
Equipment Automation

      Modern semiconductor process tools demand fast, error-free handling of the silicon wafers on which the integrated circuits are produced. In the late 1980’s and early 1990’s, many processes done in vacuum, such as chemical vapor deposition or CVD, physical vapor deposition or PVD, dry etching and other processes, changed from batch processing to single wafer processing, driving the need for equipment that could process individual wafers simultaneously in multiple chambers. The single wafer tool configuration is often referred to as a cluster tool because of the typically radial layout, or cluster, of process chambers surrounding one or more central wafer handling robot. The transition to cluster tools greatly increased the demands on the automation system due to increased wafer handling, forcing it to become more reliable than in previous generations. The result was a market need for highly reliable and fast vacuum robots, as well as vacuum cluster tool platforms, both of which were the genesis of our business model.

      Vacuum cluster tool consists of three primary sections: the equipment front-end module or EFEM, the cluster tool platform and the process modules or chambers that are attached to the tool platform. An intermediate chamber, called a load-lock, separates the vacuum environment used in processing from the EFEM, which operates at standard atmosphere. A vacuum robot performs the task of transferring wafers from the load-lock to the process chambers that are mounted on the cluster tool platform. Wafers are placed in the load-lock by atmospheric robots that are housed in the EFEM. Vacuum tool automation includes load-locks, robots and other modules as well as the cluster tool platform.

      The introduction and adoption of new materials and technology in semiconductor processing drove the emergence of important non-vacuum processes such as chemical mechanical planarization, or CMP, and electro-chemical deposition, or ECD, as well as increased dependence on other atmospheric processes such as metrology, all requiring automation. The growth in atmospheric tool automation has been further driven by the transition to 300mm technology and smaller feature sizes on ICs.

      Atmospheric tools consist of an EFEM and a processing portion, but do not require the cluster tool platform. EFEMs have modules called loadports on which wafer carriers are placed. Loadports have mechanisms that open the carriers so that the atmospheric robots can gain access to the wafers in the carriers. The individual atmospheric modules can be sold separately or as an integrated atmospheric system or EFEM which includes the loadports, the atmospheric robots, and other necessary modules such as aligners, fan filter units and control software.

      The evolution of the wafer carrier technology enabled semiconductor manufacturers to reduce both fab construction costs and production defects. Historically, wafer processing has been performed in clean rooms in order to reduce or eliminate particulates in the atmosphere that could create defects on wafers during processing. As the feature sizes on an integrated circuit become exponentially smaller, the need for cleaner air became more critical, and more expensive. In the late 1990’s the semiconductor industry adopted SMIF technology to protect and isolate wafers from the environment. The air in a SMIF pod is 1,000 times cleaner than a typical surgical operating room; it essentially has its own ultra-pure mini-environment. The SMIF technology gained acceptance in many modern 200mm fabs, although open cassettes are still used widely. In the transition to 300mm wafer sizes, the industry adopted the FOUP technology as its new standard. While SMIF was essentially an after-market modification to 200mm equipment, since the time of their original design virtually all 300mm tools have integrated the FOUP technology. Automation enabled the transition from open cassette carriers to mini-environment pods by providing the loadport modules and robotics to transfer the wafers into and out of process tools as well as the means to track and identify the wafers. As a result, the need for automation has increased for both 300mm and 200mm SMIF fabs.

      Equipment automation also includes high-precision airflow and pressure controls for key semiconductor manufacturing applications such as the wafer track used to coat light-sensitive photoresist onto wafers in the

3


Table of Contents

photolithography process, as well as high temperature furnaces and stations used for liquid chemical processes, called wet stations or wet benches.

      We have been the market leader in the equipment automation segment since the late 1990’s according to Gartner Dataquest.

 
Factory Automation Hardware

      We believe that the complexity and expense of semiconductor manufacturing, especially for leading edge advanced fabs, require that all aspects of processing be automated in order to drive down costs, reduce cycle times and increase yields. Hardware used in factory automation includes automated material handling systems, or AMHS, that transports batches of wafers throughout the fab between different process tools and stocking locations and provide storage systems, called stockers, for wafers. Other types of automation hardware needed are wafer sorting equipment also known as sorters, macro-inspection equipment and photolithography automation equipment used primarily for reticle handling, inspection and storage.

      Many modern fabs are laid out in a series of processing rooms or bays that contain similar equipment. Process engineers recognized early in the history of semiconductor manufacturing that human handling of wafer carriers or wafers was a significant source of defects and errors. Automating the transport and handling of wafers to reduce or eliminate human handling created a market for factory automation. For 200mm fabs, AMHS was widely adopted for inter-bay transport only. AMHS consists of rails that are attached to the ceilings in the main aisles between bays on which cars transport the wafer carriers to a stocker at the head of a bay. These stockers automated the storage and retrieval of the carriers. Virtually all the movement of materials within a bay, or intra-bay transport, is done manually in 200mm fabs — operators carry the cassette or SMIF pod from the stocker to a process tool. As wafer sizes have become larger, carriers have become heavier and the value per wafer has increased significantly, resulting in the need for intra-bay automation systems for transporting wafers directly to and from a tool or stocker. These fully automated systems have become the standard method of transport for 300mm manufacturing. Having the capability of tool-to-tool or tool-to-stocker delivery versus the stocker-to-stocker approach used in 200mm manufacturing eliminates the manual handling of carriers by operators.

      Identification of carriers such as SMIF pods and FOUPs has become critical with increased automation. Currently two main technologies are in use, infrared, or IR, and radio frequency, or RF, to identify and track the carriers. IR is used widely in 200mm SMIF fabs, while RF has emerged as the identification technology of choice for 300mm.

      Wafer sorters and inspection systems are other technologies that have increased in importance as fabs move towards minimizing human interaction with product wafers. It is a common requirement in a fab to frequently identify each wafer in a batch, transfer wafers between cassettes or FOUPS, or change a wafer’s slot position within cassettes. Sorters are used extensively to perform these tasks in order to reduce or eliminate human handling of wafers. With the transition to 300mm, wafer sorters are more critical because many batches of wafers in a fab will contain less than 25 wafers and managing this smaller lot size is more complex. In addition, 300mm fabs must track individual wafers rather than batches and this necessity makes the fab software requirements significantly more complex.

      The semiconductor process requiring the largest capital investment is photolithography, or lithography, and the related photomask, also called a reticle. A process tool called a lithography stepper exposes ultraviolet light through the photomask to print a circuit pattern on a wafer that has been coated with light-sensitive photoresist. This lithography process is repeated numerous times over the course of the semiconductor manufacturing process. Each lithography step requires a unique reticle. The capital expenditure for a set of reticles to manufacture one type of IC in a fab can exceed $1 million. In order to protect its investment in reticles, fabs are turning more towards automating the storage, inspection and handling of reticles, representing a growing opportunity in the area of lithography automation.

      We became the market share leader in the factory automation hardware segment for the first time in calendar 2002, according to Dataquest.

4


Table of Contents

 
Factory Automation Software

      We are a leading provider of software for:

  •  manufacturing execution systems, or MES, used within one factory or to manage multiple sites;
 
  •  factory logistics applications such as simulation, scheduling and dispatching;
 
  •  integrating equipment with factory management systems;
 
  •  advanced process control; and
 
  •  data analysis and management.

      In addition, we provide the necessary training, consulting and other services as required by customers to successfully implement and use our software.

      Factory automation software has played an important role in semiconductor manufacturing since the 1970’s. Computer integrated manufacturing was conceived to control the work flow of a process, gather data and track product in a fab, and to measure and analyze fab performance in order to assist in production and business decisions.

      Similar to the MES applications, other software packages were developed by various companies to meet fab requirements, ranging from communicating with and controlling process equipment to factory modeling, scheduling, automated dispatching, planning and data analysis. Industry standards that established protocols for equipment to communicate with a host computer system, and other protocols, paved the way for equipment to be connected online to fab management systems such as the MES, enabling full automation when further integrated with the material handling systems, automated dispatching applications and other software. We entered the factory automation software market through an acquisition strategy aimed at consolidating a number of best-in-class applications into an integrated software suite.

      As semiconductor manufacturing moves towards full automation, factory automation software takes on even more importance. The MES is required to model and store in its database nearly every resource in the fab — production lots, wafers, non-production wafers, equipment, recipes, process plans, operators, engineers, durable goods such as carriers, reticles, and so forth. The MES contains the real-time status of every item so that, as an example, fab managers can track the location of virtually any production lot or the state of virtually any process tool such as running, idle, down, etc. More importantly, this information is available to other software applications so that dispatching decisions, reports, alarms, data analysis and machine commands can be executed automatically.

      We believe it is critical that the major software applications are integrated together to provide an overall solution that meets the increasingly complex demands of automation. These solutions help increase throughput, improve utilization of resources and factory performance, and reduce in-process inventory. Although many of the software applications already have the ability to integrate to other applications or systems, the implementation of individual pieces require services and consulting expertise from the software providers. Services can range from training and best practices consulting to full integration services that essentially deliver a turnkey solution to the customer. We refer our services offerings as solutions delivery.

      The success and functionality of semiconductor MES software allowed it to be applied to other complex industries that require tracking and control of work-in-process, such as in the manufacture of liquid crystal displays or LCD, storage devices such as magnetic thin film heads, medical devices, and telecommunications fiber optics. Likewise, simulation and modeling software can be used in a number of different industries where logistics and planning are important, ranging from airport traffic control to theme park scheduling. Finally, many engineering data analysis and statistical process control products are being used in complex manufacturing environments in addition to the semiconductor industry, such as LCD, precision electronics, automotive, aerospace, and life sciences industries.

      We recognize the importance of providing best-in-class software as well as integrated systems in order to become a leading automation supplier to the semiconductor and other industries. According to Dataquest, we

5


Table of Contents

are the largest software product supplier in fab automation and are the second largest supplier in software and services.

Products

 
Equipment Automation Products and Systems

      We classify our tool automation offerings as either modules or systems. Modules are discrete components such as robots and aligners while systems are pre-integrated assemblies such as the cluster tool platform that may consist of a number of modules provided by us or other suppliers. We provide automation modules and systems for vacuum and atmospheric equipment as well as tool control software, mini-environment products, calibration and alignment products, and high-precision airflow controls primarily for the semiconductor industry. Other industries that we serve in this segment of the market include LCD and data storage. We use a common architecture in the design and production of systems and modules. Shared technologies and common software controls enable us to respond to changing industry demands, such as processing larger 300mm semiconductor wafers. Our OEM customers have the option of either buying individual modules from us and assembling their own systems in-house, or buying the entire automation system from us, pre-assembled, tested and certified from our factory. Slightly less than one-half of our revenue is derived from the equipment automation segment.

      The major modules we offer are vacuum robotics, atmospheric robotics, wet robotics and loadport modules.

      Vacuum modules include:

  •  MagnaTran 7, a family of robots used in vacuum processes such as CVD, PVD and etch;
 
  •  VacuTran, the legacy vacuum robot product line; and
 
  •  Triathlon, a new vacuum robot that features improved throughput and high reliability.

      Our atmospheric robot modules include:

  •  Reliance, a family of 3-, 4-, and 5-axis robots; and
 
  •  407, a legacy atmospheric robot with a large installed base of customers.

      We also offer modules for wet processing, ie. processes that utilize liquid chemicals such as acid baths for removing material from wafer surfaces, developers for photoresist and cleaning stations. The products we offer include:

  •  AquaTran 7 wet robot;
 
  •  Reliance 8, a new family of wet robots for CMP;
 
  •  ECD; and
 
  •  WetBot, a legacy wet robot.

      Modules for LCD process tools include:

  •  MagnaTran 70 series vacuum robots for Gen3, Gen4 and Gen5 glass technologies; and
 
  •  DLX and SLX vacuum robots for Gen6 and Gen7 technologies.

      Also within the category of modules sold to OEMs are 300mm FOUP loadports. SMIF loadports, which are primarily sold to factories directly, are described under the factory automation hardware products. Our loadport modules include:

  •  FixLoad 6M, a new 300mm loadport;
 
  •  FixLoad 5, a legacy 300mm loadport; and
 
  •  SMIFLoad, a 200mm SMIF loadport.

6


Table of Contents

      Vacuum systems for semiconductor manufacturing that we offer include:

  •  Gemini Express, a platform for vacuum cluster tools;
 
  •  InLine Express, a platform for linear, or in-line, tool configurations;
 
  •  Marathon Express, our legacy cluster tool platform; and
 
  •  Custom systems, typically a customer-designed system with our modules.

      Atmospheric systems we offers include:

  •  Fab Express, an EFEM for 300mm and 200mm wafer sizes;
 
  •  Atmospheric Express, a controlled environment atmospheric cluster tool for 200mm and smaller wafers; and
 
  •  Custom systems, typically a customer-designed system with our modules.

      For the LCD market, our systems offerings include:

  •  Hercules Express, a cluster tool platform; and
 
  •  Bali 400, an EFEM for LCD process tools.

      Modules typically account for half of our revenues in equipment automation, while the remainder is generated from systems.

 
Factory Automation Hardware

      We sell factory automation hardware directly to the semiconductor manufacturers that addresses their requirements for transport, storage, wafer handling, tracking and inspection. We provide the AMHS to transport and store both wafers and reticles for 200mm and 300mm fabs. We also offer multi-cassette sorting systems and macro-inspection equipment, and advanced lot tracking systems that use either IR or RF technology to enable semiconductor manufacturers to monitor the exact location of work-in-process in their factory. Factory automation hardware accounts for approximately one-fourth of our revenue.

      The first generation 300mm AMHS offerings generally had segregated inter-bay, intra-bay and stocker modules, managed by the material control software. We introduced a new generation product in July 2003, the OneFab AMHS, which provides a unified system using a common layout for both inter-bay and intra-bay, and includes the following:

  •  AeroLoader IV vehicles with bi-directional capability for transporting FOUPs throughout the fab and directly loading and unloading process tools;
 
  •  Tracks, straight and curved overhead monorail tracks on which the vehicles travel;
 
  •  Turntables, rotating mechanisms that join multiple tracks;
 
  •  UTS, or under-track storage;
 
  •  UTS Carousel stockers for automated storage and retrieval;
 
  •  OLUS, or Operator Load-Unload Station; and
 
  •  AMHSworks software for material control.

      Our AMHS offerings for 200mm include:

  •  AeroTrak vehicles for inter-bay transport;
 
  •  Tracks, straight and curved overhead monorail tracks on which the vehicles travel;
 
  •  Turntables, rotating mechanisms that join multiple tracks;
 
  •  TurboStockers for automated storage and retrieval;

7


Table of Contents

  •  TurboStocker XT for inter-floor transport and storage; and
 
  •  TransNet software for material control.

      Our wafer sorting products include:

  •  MapTrak Express, our 300mm wafer sorter that can handle multiple cassettes;
 
  •  Advanced Programmable Sorter for open cassettes and 200mm SMIF pods; and
 
  •  A variety of offerings for smaller wafer sizes and different technologies.

      Lithography automation solutions for reticle inspection, storage and management include:

  •  Guardian Bare Reticle Stocker for storing reticles; and
 
  •  Zaris, our reticle sorting, cleaning and macro-inspection tool.

      In addition, our AMHS systems are capable of transporting reticles between stockers and lithography tools. We provide 200mm SMIF products directly to factory customers, including:

  •  ErgoSpeed II loadport for 200mm SMIF that complements a number of other SMIF products that we provides to our customers;
 
  •  IRIDnet, a tracking system utilizing infra-red technology; and
 
  •  Custom mini-environments and tool enclosures.

      Automated ID and tracking of carriers in a 300mm fab is provided by our RFID readers.

 
Factory Automation Software

      We offer a range of products, from MES that manage the operations of an entire fab, to logistics software for scheduling and coordinating work flow, to individual software packages designed to meet specific requirements such as preventive maintenance systems for equipment. We also offer integrated systems that incorporate our software on an open architecture to deliver factory automation solutions tailored specifically for customers within the context of their industry. Factory automation software and solutions delivery represents about one quarter of our revenues.

      Our software also provides the capabilities to tie fab software systems into the enterprise and supply chain with planning and logistics software applications. We provide business system integration modules to provide integration between our manufacturing applications and business systems from SAP, Oracle, Peoplesoft (JD Edwards) and others. Real-time dispatching and factory scheduling applications can be used to drive manufacturing according to a customer’s best practices. Automation and job management functions help to control manufacturing workflow and automate decision-making across multiple computer integrated manufacturing systems. Simulation software allows manufacturers to model and analyze the use and performance of their tools, systems and overall manufacturing environment.

      Our MES products span the wide spectrum of factory requirements. Our offerings include:

  •  FACTORYworks, a high-end MES that is flexible and highly configurable and can be tailored to meet the advanced requirements of complex operations such as 300mm manufacturing; and
 
  •  Promis Systems, with its robust and mature off-the-shelf functionality and large installed base, more suitable for customers who do not require extensive customization of functionality.

      We have built our software suite of applications by acquiring and developing best-in-class products that complement our MES offerings. Products for equipment integration utilizing the SECS protocol include:

  •  CELLworks-Grapheq, a UNIX-based cell controller;
 
  •  WinSECS, a Windows-based equipment integration package;

8


Table of Contents

  •  STATIONworks, a Windows-based station control system; and
 
  •  FAbuilder, a Windows-based cell controller.

      Real-time execution systems and logistics software include:

  •  RTD, real-time dispatcher;
 
  •  APF Reporter for factory performance reporting and analysis;
 
  •  Activity Manager for coordinating workflow between the transport system and MES;
 
  •  AutoSched for simulation and planning of workflow; and
 
  •  CLASS-MCS for transport control that provides an equipment-neutral software system to manage and control material handling equipment including AMHS systems, conveyors, wafer and reticle stockers, and inter-floor lift devices in clean room environments.

      All of these applications have already been integrated at various customer sites.

      We recognized the growing need for process optimization and advanced process control, APC, in modern fabs. Our offerings for these requirements include:

  •  Patterns for fault detection and classification;
 
  •  SEMY Sentinal and ARRC for cell control and run-to-run control applications; and
 
  •  iProcess for factory-wide process and tool health monitoring.

      Engineering data analysis is another important requirement for managing a fab. We offer products that provide extensive data analysis and statistical process control, or SPC, including:

  •  SPACE, a module for real-time SPC;
 
  •  ENGINEERINGworks for engineering data collection and data analysis; and
 
  •  RS Series and Cornerstone for design of experiments and statistical analysis.

      We offer unique industry-specific systems that address the comprehensive needs of the customers who prefer a total solutions approach from one supplier, including:

  •  300works for 300mm manufacturers; and
 
  •  LCDworks for LCD manufacturers.

      These offerings provide robust applications built around our products and implemented by our staff of domain experts.

      Our software supports a wide range of manufacturing environments, from manual and semi-automated to fully automated operations. In deploying our solutions, manufacturers worldwide have seen improvements in their cycle times, yields, work-in-process levels, customer responsiveness and fulfillment, plant utilization, and their return-on-manufacturing-assets.

      In addition to software packages, we offer comprehensive solutions delivery, training, consulting and post-implementation services designed to empower our customers to realize the capabilities of our products and solutions.

Customers

      We sell our products and services to nearly every major semiconductor chip manufacturer and OEM in the world, including all of the top ten chip companies and nine of the top ten equipment companies. In the equipment automation segment, our customers are primarily OEMs. Our factory automation software and hardware customers are primarily semiconductor manufacturers, along with companies who are in the LCD, data storage and other similar industries. We have major customers in the United States, Europe and Asia.

9


Table of Contents

We expect international revenues to continue to represent a significant percentage of total revenues. Our industry is seeing an increasing business shift to Asia, and as a result we have taken steps to increase our presence in this important geography. See Note 13, “Segment and Geographic Information” of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our sales by geographic region and revenue, income and assets by financial reporting segment.

      Relatively few customers account for a substantial portion of our revenues, with the top twenty customers accounting for slightly more than fifty percent of our business. We do not have any single customer who makes up more than ten percent of our overall revenue.

Sales, Marketing and Customer Support

      We market and sell our equipment and factory automation hardware and software in the United States, Asia and Europe through our direct sales organization. The sales process for our products is often multilevel, involving a team comprised of individuals from sales, marketing, engineering, operations and senior management. In many cases a customer is assigned a team that engages the customer at different levels of its organization to facilitate planning, provide product customization where required, and to assure open communication and support.

      Our marketing activities include participation in trade shows, delivery of seminars, participation in industry forums, distribution of sales literature, and publication of press releases and articles in business and industry publications. To enhance communication and support, particularly with our international customers, we maintain sales and service centers in the United States, China, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore, Malaysia, the United Kingdom and Germany. These facilities, together with our headquarters, maintain local support capability and demonstration equipment for customers to evaluate. Customers are encouraged to discuss the features and applications of our demonstration equipment with our engineers located at these facilities.

      We also provide services to assist customers, including the installation of hardware products, software implementation, product training, consulting and on-site support. We strive to provide world-class support to our customers to help make them successful users of our products through:

  •  Telephone technical support;
 
  •  Direct training programs;
 
  •  User symposia and seminars; and
 
  •  Operating manuals and other technical support information for our products.

      We maintain spare parts inventories in regional hubs to enable our personnel to serve our customers and to service our products more efficiently.

Competition

 
Equipment Automation

      The semiconductor and LCD process equipment manufacturing industries are highly competitive and characterized by continual changes and improvements in technology. The majority of equipment automation is still done in-house by OEMs. As a result, we believe that our primary opportunity in this area is from the larger semiconductor and LCD OEMs that currently satisfy their substrate handling needs in-house rather than by purchasing them from an external supplier such as us. For example, Applied Materials, the leading process equipment OEM, develops and manufactures a majority of its own central vacuum wafer handling systems and vacuum modules. Our competitors among external suppliers are primarily Japanese companies such as Daihen, Daikin and Yaskawa.

      Equipment automation suppliers of atmospheric modules and systems that compete with us are Asyst, Hirata, Kawasaki, Newport, Rorze, TDK and Yaskawa.

10


Table of Contents

      We believe our customers will purchase our equipment automation products as long as we continue to provide the necessary throughput, reliability, contamination control and accuracy for their advanced processing tools at an acceptable price point. We believe that we have very competitive offerings with respect to all of these factors; however, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in selling our products to OEMs who currently satisfy their automation needs in-house or from other independent suppliers, regardless of the performance or the price of our products.

      In addressing the Asian markets, we may be at a competitive disadvantage to local suppliers.

 
Factory Automation Hardware

      We believe that the competitive factors in the factory automation hardware market are technical capabilities, reliability, price/ performance, ease of integration and global sales and support resources. We believe that our solutions compete favorably with respect to all these factors.

      In the AMHS market, we encounter direct competition primarily from Asyst-Shinko, Daifuku and Murata. These competitors have a particularly strong presence in Japan, which places us at a disadvantage in the Japanese market. All three competitors have viable and similar offerings for 300mm, which in turn places pressure on pricing and potentially reduces profitability. We have introduced a new product, the OneFab AMHS, which puts a premium on the software utilized to meet system requirements while simplifying and reducing the hardware. As a result we believe that our offering is highly differentiated from that of our competitors and our pricing can be competitive.

      RECIF and Rorze are our chief competitors in the wafer sorter market. We believe we are able to compete in this market when comparing the technical capabilities of our products against those of our competitors. We also believe that we benefit from our customers’ confidence in our financial and technical resources as compared to those of our competitors.

      The lithography automation market is still an emerging market, while our chief competitor in SMIF opportunities is Asyst.

      Some of these competitors have greater engineering, manufacturing and marketing capabilities than we do.

 
Factory Automation Software

      We believe that the primary competitive factors in the end-user market for factory automation software are product functionality, degree of integration with other applications, compatibility of hardware and software architecture, price/ performance, ease of implementation, cost of ownership, vendor reputation and financial stability. We believe our products compete favorably with other systems with regards to the factors listed above due to the unique nature of the factory automation software segment. We also believe that the relative importance of these competitive factors may change over time.

      We experience direct competition in the factory automation software market from various companies, including Applied Materials, Camstar, Hewlett Packard, IBM and numerous small independent software companies. In some cases, we are able to sell our software products to our direct competitors. For example, Daifuku uses our software to control the operations of their AMHS hardware.

      Many customers purchase software products from more than one supplier. Even in cases where a competitor is selected over us for a particular application, we may still gain substantial business with that customer since our product offerings cover a wide range of requirements and are considered best-in-class for many applications.

      In advanced fabs, a greater burden is placed on software and implementation of increasingly complex automation applications, resulting in a critical need for integration of many different software and hardware components. We compete against large organizations such as IBM and Hewlett Packard to deliver complete solutions for customers; however in other cases, we cooperate with those same companies to create a partnership for delivering solutions to customers. Sometimes when we subcontract our products and services to

11


Table of Contents

another company, our ability to win business is highly dependent on the success of the prime contractor with whom we have partnered.

Research and Development

      Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new products and services as well as further enhancing the functionality, degree of integration, reliability and performance of our existing products. Our engineering, marketing, operations and management personnel have developed close collaborative relationships with many of their counterparts in customer organizations and have used these relationships to identify market demands and focus our research and development investment to meet those demands. With the rapid pace of change that characterizes semiconductor technology it is essential for us to provide high-performance and reliable products in order for us to maintain our leadership position. Software in particular represents a business that relies heavily on research and development resources to develop, enhance and support our products.

Manufacturing

      Manufacturing is one of our core competencies. Our manufacturing operations are used for product assembly, integration and testing. We have adopted quality assurance procedures that include standard design practices, component selection procedures, vendor control procedures and comprehensive reliability testing and analysis to assure the performance of our products. Our Chelmsford, Massachusetts manufacturing facility is ISO 9001 certified for legacy vacuum products. Our Kiheung, Korea manufacturing facility is ISO 9001 certified and our Jena, Germany manufacturing facility is ISO 9001:2000 certified.

      We utilize a just-in-time manufacturing strategy, based on the concepts of demand flow technology, for a large portion of our manufacturing process. We believe that this strategy coupled with the outsourcing of non-critical components such as machined parts, wire harnesses, PC boards, etc. reduces fixed operating costs, improves working capital efficiency, reduces manufacturing cycle times and improves flexibility to rapidly adjust our production capacities. While we often use single source suppliers for certain key components and common assemblies to achieve quality control and the benefits of economies of scale, we believe that these parts and materials are readily available from other supply sources.

      We have established a subsidiary in India to provide low cost off-shore engineering resources for sustaining mature software products. As a result, our core staff of software engineers should be better enabled to focus on research and development of new technology and enriching the functions of currently active products.

Patents and Proprietary Rights

      We rely upon patents, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, copyrights, trademarks and licensing agreements to protect our technology. Due to the rapid technological change that characterizes the semiconductor and flat panel display process equipment industries, we believe that the improvement of existing technology, reliance upon trade secrets and unpatented proprietary know-how and the development of new products may be as important as patent protection in establishing and maintaining competitive advantage. To protect trade secrets and know-how, it is our policy to require all technical and management personnel to enter into nondisclosure agreements. We cannot guarantee that these efforts will meaningfully protect our trade secrets.

      We have obtained patents and will continue to make efforts to obtain patents, when available, in connection with our product development program. We cannot guarantee that any patent obtained will provide protection or be of commercial benefit to us. Despite these efforts, others may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques. As of September 30, 2003, we have obtained 181 United States patents and had 70 United States patent applications pending on our behalf. In addition, we have obtained 248 foreign patents and had 213 foreign patent applications pending on our behalf. Our United States patents expire at various times from May 2005 to May 2022. We cannot guarantee that our pending patent applications or any future applications will be approved, or that any patents will not be challenged by

12


Table of Contents

third parties. Others may have filed and in the future may file patent applications that are similar or identical to ours. These patent applications may have priority over patent applications filed by us.

      We have successfully licensed our FOUP load port technology to several companies and continues to pursue the licensing of this technology to more companies that we believe are utilizing our intellectual property.

      There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the semiconductor related industries. We have in the past been, and may in the future be, notified that we may be infringing intellectual property rights possessed by other third parties. We cannot guarantee that infringement claims by third parties or other claims for indemnification by customers or end users of our products resulting from infringement claims will not be asserted in the future or that such assertions, if proven to be true, will not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any such claims are asserted against our intellectual property rights, we may seek to enter into a royalty or licensing arrangement. We cannot guarantee, however, that a license will be available on reasonable terms or at all. We could decide in the alternative to resort to litigation to challenge such claims or to attempt to design around the patented technology. Litigation or an attempted design around could be costly and would divert our management’s attention and resources. In addition, if we do not prevail in such litigation or succeed in an attempted design around, we could be forced to pay significant damages or amounts in settlement. Even if a design around is effective, the functional value of the product in question could be greatly diminished.

      We received notice from General Signal Corporation twice in 1992 and once in 1994, alleging infringement of patents then owned by General Signal, relating to cluster tool architecture, by certain of our products. The notification advised us that General Signal was attempting to enforce its rights to those patents in litigation against Applied Materials. According to a press release issued by Applied Materials in November 1997, Applied Materials settled its litigation with General Signal by acquiring ownership of five General Signal patents. Although not verified, these five patents would appear to be the patents referred to by General Signal in its prior notice to us. Applied Materials has not contacted us regarding these patents.

      We acquired certain assets, including a transport system known as IridNet, from the Infab division of Jenoptik AG on September 30, 1999. Asyst Technologies, Inc. had previously filed suit against Jenoptik AG and other defendants, or collectively, the defendants, in the Northern District of California charging that products of the defendants, including IridNet, infringe Asyst’s U.S. Patent Nos. 4,974,166, or the ‘166 patent, and 5,097,421, or the ‘421 patent. Asyst later withdrew its claims related to the ‘166 patent from the case. Summary judgement of noninfringement was recently granted in that case by the District Court and judgement was issued in favor of Jenoptik on the ground that the product at issue did not infringe the asserted claims of the ‘421 patent. Asyst has filed a notice of its intention to appeal that adverse judgement.

      We had received notice that Asyst might amend its complaint in this Jenoptik litigation to name us as an additional defendant, but no such action was ever taken. Based on our investigation of Asyst’s allegations, we do not believe we are infringing any claims of Asyst’s patents. We intend to continue to support Jenoptik to argue vigorously, among other things, the position that the IridNet system does not infringe the Asyst patent. If Asyst prevails in its appeal and ultimately in its case against Jenoptik, Asyst may seek to prohibit us from developing, marketing and using the IridNet product without a license. We cannot guarantee that a license would be available to us on reasonable terms, if at all. If a license from Asyst were not available, we could be forced to incur substantial costs to reengineer the IridNet product, which could diminish its value. In any case, we could face litigation with Asyst. Jenoptik has agreed to indemnify us for any loss we may incur in this action.

      In addition, Asyst made assertions in approximately 1995 that certain technology employed in products manufactured and sold by Hermos Informatik GmbH infringed one or more of Asyst’s patents. We acquired Hermos in July 2002. To date Asyst has taken no steps to assert or enforce any such rights against us, and to our knowledge, Asyst never commenced enforcement proceedings against Hermos prior to its acquisition by us. Should Asyst seek to pursue any such claims against Hermos or us, we would be subject to all of the business and litigation risks identified in the preceding paragraph.

13


Table of Contents

      In connection with the acquisition the e-Diagnostics product business in June 2001, we could be required to make additional cash payments under certain conditions. If we elected to settle any or all potential contingent payments in cash, additional cash payments aggregating a maximum of $8.0 million over the next two years could be required for payment of consideration contingent upon meeting certain performance objectives.

Backlog

      Backlog for our products as of September 30, 2003, totaled $112.7 million as compared to $125.7 million at September 30, 2002. Backlog consists of purchase orders for which a customer has scheduled delivery within the next 12 months. Backlog for our equipment automation segment, factory automation hardware segment, factory automation software segment and other segment was $62.2 million, $14.9 million, $33.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively, at September 30, 2003. Orders included in the backlog may be cancelled or rescheduled by customers without significant penalty. Backlog as of any particular date should not be relied upon as indicative of our revenues for any future period. A substantial percentage of current business generates no backlog because we deliver our products and services in the same period in which the order is received.

Employees

      At September 30, 2003, we had approximately 1,900 employees as compared to approximately 3,000 at September 30, 2002. We believe our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. Approximately 140 employees in our Jena, Germany facility are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

Available Information

      Our Internet website address is http://www.brooks.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonable practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. These SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations section of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Gartner Information

      Information contained in this annual report on Form 10-K attributable to Gartner, Gartner Dataquest or Dataquest as reflected in their 2002 Manufacturing Equipment Market Share Analysis published in April 2003 and in their 2002 Semiconductor Equipment Market Share Analysis dated April 21, 2003 represents Gartner’s estimates and we make no representation that this information represents facts.

 
Item 2. Properties

      Our corporate headquarters and primary manufacturing/ research and development facilities are currently located in three buildings in Chelmsford, Massachusetts, which we purchased in January 2001. We have a lease on a fourth building in Chelmsford adjacent to the three that we own. The leased building is partially subleased. We completed renovating the leased building for our own use as a manufacturing facility in June of 2003. In summary, we maintain the following active facilities:

                 
Ownership
Square Footage Status/Lease
Location Functions (approx.) Expiration




Chelmsford, Massachusetts
  Corporate headquarters, training, manufacturing, hardware and software R&D   295,000     Owned  
Chelmsford, Massachusetts
  Manufacturing, training, warehouse   92,750 (34,000 subleased)     September 2014  

14


Table of Contents

                 
Ownership
Square Footage Status/Lease
Location Functions (approx.) Expiration




Jena, Germany
  Manufacturing, R&D hardware, sales, support, training (5 buildings)   54,500   Several Leases with terms that end from 11/04 to 12/05
Salt Lake City, Utah
  R&D software, training   46,900     September 2006  
Mountain View, California
  Sales and support, R&D hardware and software   31,000     January 2005  
Kiheung, South Korea
  R&D hardware, sales and support   28,400   September 2005 (with mutual 90 day termination right)
Phoenix, Arizona
  R&D hardware and software   19,500     Owned  
Toronto, Canada
  R&D software, sales and support   19,000     December 2006  

      Our equipment automation and factory automation hardware segments utilize the facilities in Massachusetts, California, Canada, South Korea, and Germany. Our factory automation software segment utilizes facilities in Massachusetts, Utah, Arizona, and Canada. Our other segment utilizes our facilities in Massachusetts.

      There are a number of properties that are owned or leased by us that we do not use or occupy at this time. These vacant properties include a total of approximately 413,000 square feet of a mix of office space and manufacturing/ research and development space. We actively explore options to market these surplus properties for sublease or sale or to negotiate early termination agreements for the leases in question.

      In addition to the property above, we classify an additional 92,000 square feet of space as sub-leased office and flexible use space. Additionally, we own a 23,000 square foot building in Bountiful, Utah, which is fifty percent sub-leased.

      We maintain additional sales, support, service, and training offices in the United States (New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Texas, Vermont), and overseas in Europe (Belgium, France, Germany, UK, Scotland), as well as in Asia (Japan, China, Malaysia, Singapore, South Korea, India and Taiwan) and the Middle East (Israel).

 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings

      From time to time various lawsuits, claims and proceedings have been, and may in the future be, instituted or asserted against Brooks, including those pertaining to patent infringement, intellectual property, environmental, product liability, safety and health, employment and contractual matters. However, we are not a party to any material pending legal proceedings. See “Patents and Proprietary Rights,” in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” for a description of certain potential patent disputes.

 
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      During the quarter ended September 30, 2003, no matters were submitted to a vote of security holders through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise.

15


Table of Contents

PART II

 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

      Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “BRKS”. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low close prices per share of our common stock, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market:

                   
High Low


Fiscal year ended September 30, 2003
               
 
First quarter
  $ 15.80     $ 8.95  
 
Second quarter
  $ 13.43     $ 8.76  
 
Third quarter
  $ 12.66     $ 7.59  
 
Fourth quarter
  $ 27.68     $ 11.59  
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2002
               
 
First quarter
  $ 43.24     $ 25.22  
 
Second quarter
  $ 51.21     $ 41.72  
 
Third quarter
  $ 44.70     $ 23.71  
 
Fourth quarter
  $ 25.76     $ 11.22  

Number of Holders

      As of November 25, 2003, there were 1,052 holders on record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

      We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not plan to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our current policy is to retain all of our earnings to finance future growth.

Issuance of Unregistered Common Stock

      On October 9, 2002, we acquired Microtool, Inc. in exchange for cash and 170,001 shares of our common stock. On February 6, 2003, we finalized the purchase price and issued an additional 19,999 shares of our common stock. The common stock issued in this transaction was sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 relating to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering. The shares issued in this transaction have been registered for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-3.

      On November 19, 2002, we finalized the purchase price of General Precision, Inc. and issued an additional 15,869 shares of our common stock. The common stock issued in this transaction was sold in reliance upon the exemptions from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 relating to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering. The shares issued in this transaction have been registered for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-3.

      On February 26, 2003, we finalized the purchase price of Hermos Informatik GmbH and issued an additional 249,192 shares of our common stock. The common stock issued in this transaction was sold in reliance upon the exemptions from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act relating to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering and Regulation S promulgated thereunder. The shares issued in this transaction have been registered for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-3.

      On August 28, 2003, we issued 34,433 shares of our common stock of the 140,600 shares reserved for issuance under the acquisition agreement of Intelligent Automation Systems, Inc. and IAS Products, Inc. Under the acquisition agreement, 106,167 shares remain reserved for issuance over the next two years. The common stock issued and reserved for issuance in this transaction was sold in reliance upon the exemptions

16


Table of Contents

from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering. The shares in this transaction have been registered for resale pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-3.
 
Item 6.      Selected Financial Data

      The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” appearing elsewhere in this report.

                                         
Year Ended September 30,

2003(1)(2)(7) 2002(3)(8) 2001(4) 2000(5)(6) 1999(6)





(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues
  $ 343,610     $ 304,254     $ 381,716     $ 337,184     $ 122,957  
Gross profit
  $ 103,666     $ 83,044     $ 152,384     $ 160,725     $ 55,152  
Income (loss) from operations
  $ (158,398 )   $ (627,818 )   $ (43,904 )   $ 20,084     $ (11,822 )
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
  $ (180,640 )   $ (627,412 )   $ (36,523 )   $ 28,444     $ (10,448 )
Net income (loss)
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,660 )   $ 15,109     $ (9,534 )
Accretion and dividends on preferred stock
  $     $     $ 90     $ 120     $ 774  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,750 )   $ 14,989     $ (10,308 )
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (5.05 )   $ (27.90 )   $ (1.65 )   $ 0.96     $ (0.89 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (5.05 )   $ (27.90 )   $ (1.65 )   $ 0.88     $ (0.89 )
Shares used in computing basic earnings (loss) per share
    36,774       25,807       18,015       15,661       11,542  
Shares used in computing diluted earnings (loss) per share
    36,774       25,807       18,015       17,192       11,542  
                                         
As of September 30,

2003 2002 2001 2000(6) 1999(6)





(In thousands, except per share data)
Total assets
  $ 492,701     $ 657,497     $ 709,704     $ 519,786     $ 197,300  
Working capital
  $ 135,155     $ 176,338     $ 282,163     $ 306,836     $ 106,803  
Notes payable and revolving credit facilities
  $     $     $ 17,122     $ 16,350     $ 6,183  
Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
  $ 98     $ 8     $ 392     $ 524     $ 544  
Convertible subordinated notes due 2008
  $ 175,000     $ 175,000     $ 175,000     $     $  
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (less current portion) and senior subordinated note
  $ 25     $ 177     $ 31     $ 332     $ 6,732  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
  $     $     $     $ 2,601     $ 2,481  
Members’ capital
  $     $     $     $     $ 930  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 162,286     $ 308,235     $ 424,169     $ 415,284     $ 137,913  
                                 
Year Ended September 30, 2003(1)(2)

First Second Third Fourth
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter(7)




(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues
  $ 84,855     $ 92,964     $ 84,045     $ 81,746  
Gross profit
  $ 24,374     $ 24,652     $ 27,594     $ 27,046  
Net loss
  $ (70,986 )   $ (28,801 )   $ (36,434 )   $ (49,539 )
Basic and diluted loss per share
  $ (1.95 )   $ (0.79 )   $ (0.99 )   $ (1.33 )

17


Table of Contents

                                 
Year Ended September 30, 2002(3)

First Second Third Fourth
Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter(8)




(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues
  $ 58,182     $ 57,124     $ 85,762     $ 103,186  
Gross profit
  $ 20,841     $ 18,851     $ 26,672     $ 16,680  
Net loss
  $ (9,885 )   $ (12,576 )   $ (24,197 )   $ (673,296 )
Basic and diluted loss per share
  $ (0.50 )   $ (0.63 )   $ (0.89 )   $ (18.76 )


(1)  Amounts include results of operations of Microtool, Inc. (acquired October 9, 2002) for the periods subsequent to its acquisition.
 
(2)  Amounts include our share of the results of operations of Brooks Switzerland (disposed May 16, 2003) in accordance with the equity method of accounting, for the periods subsequent to its disposition.
 
(3)  Amounts include results of operations of Hermos Informatik GmbH (acquired July 3, 2002); PRI Automation, Inc. (acquired May 14, 2002); Intelligent Automation Systems, Inc. and IAS Products, Inc. (acquired February 15, 2002); Fab Air Control (acquired December 15, 2001); the Automation Systems Group of Zygo Corporation (acquired December 13, 2001); Tec-Sem A.G. (acquired October 9, 2001) and General Precision, Inc. (acquired October 5, 2001) for the periods subsequent to their respective acquisitions.
 
(4)  Amounts include results of operations of SEMY Engineering, Inc. (acquired February 16, 2001), the KLA e-Diagnostics product business (acquired June 26, 2001), CCS Technology, Inc. (acquired June 25, 2001) and SimCon N.V. (acquired May 15, 2001) for the periods subsequent to their respective acquisitions.
 
(5)  Amounts include results of operations of the Infab Division of Jenoptik AG (acquired September 30, 1999); Auto-Soft Corporation and AutoSimulations, Inc. (acquired January 6, 2000) and MiTeX Solutions (acquired June 23, 2000) for the periods subsequent to their respective acquisitions.
 
(6)  Amounts have been restated to reflect the acquisition of Progressive Technologies, Inc. in a pooling of interests transaction effective July 12, 2001.
 
(7)  Amounts include a net credit of $(0.3) million of acquisition-related and restructuring charges and $40.0 million for asset impairments.
 
(8)  Amounts include charges of $24.1 million of acquisition-related and restructuring charges, $479.3 million for asset impairments and $106.7 million for deferred tax write-offs.

18


Table of Contents

 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

      Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute “forward-looking statements” which involve known risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, our performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include the “Factors That May Affect Future Results” set forth in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which is included in this report. Precautionary statements made herein should be read as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements whenever they appear in this report.

Overview

      We are a leading supplier of automation products and solutions primarily serving the worldwide semiconductor market. We supply hardware, software and services to both chip manufacturers and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, who make process equipment for semiconductor manufacturing. Our offerings range from hardware and software modules to fully integrated systems and services. Although our core business addresses the increasingly complex automation requirements of the global semiconductor industry, we are also focused on providing automation solutions for a number of related industries, including flat panel display manufacturing, data storage and other complex manufacturing.

      We operate in three major segments: equipment automation, factory automation hardware and factory automation software. Equipment or tool automation consists of hardware and software used on or within process tools to move individual wafers in and out of a tool. Factory automation hardware consists of equipment used inside the fab, but external to a process tool, to automate the handling of batches of wafers or other material throughout the production floor, as well as specialized tools for automatically sorting, storing and inspecting material. Factory automation software is used within a factory in computer integrated manufacturing for controlling and managing production and resources in a fab. We sell our products and services to nearly every major semiconductor chip manufacturer and OEM in the world, including all of the top ten chip companies and nine of the top ten equipment companies.

      Traditionally, our foreign revenues have been generally denominated in United States dollars. Accordingly, foreign currency fluctuations have not had a significant impact on the comparison of the results of operations for the periods presented. The costs and expenses of our international subsidiaries are generally denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. However, since the functional currency of our international subsidiaries is the local currency, foreign currency translation adjustments are reflected as “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss),” which is a component of stockholders’ equity. To the extent that we expand our international operations or change our pricing practices to denominate prices in foreign currencies, we will be exposed to increased risk of currency fluctuation.

      In view of the recent downturn in the semiconductor industry and the resulting market pressures, together with recent indications of a possible market recovery, we are focusing our major efforts in the following areas:

  •  Controlling and reducing costs;
 
  •  Aligning costs and revenues to move to break-even and then profitable levels of operation, including positive operating cash flow, even if the recent downturn continues;
 
  •  Consolidating and integrating the businesses and assets that we have acquired in recent years;
 
  •  Completing the consolidation of manufacturing without diminishing our ability to respond to customer demand, either currently or at such time as market conditions improve;
 
  •  Developing the products and services required for future success in the market;
 
  •  Expanding sales and service in China;
 
  •  Expanding into other industries such as flat panel display manufacturing and life sciences;

19


Table of Contents

  •  Preparing ourselves for possible increases in customer demand in the event of a market upturn while at the same time maintaining expense control and limiting increases to our cost structure; and
 
  •  Improving the efficiency of our internal information and business systems.

Acquisitions/Dispositions

      On May 16, 2003, we sold 81% of the common stock of Brooks-PRI Automation (Switzerland) GmbH (“Brooks Switzerland”) for $0.5 million. As described below, Brooks Switzerland held the technology and assets associated with the former Tec-Sem A.G. (“Tec-Sem”) acquisition on October 9, 2001. We retained a 19% equity interest in Brooks Switzerland and retained ownership of certain technology associated with semiconductor lithography. Accordingly, the Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2003 include our share of the results of Brooks Switzerland for the period subsequent to its disposition.

      On October 9, 2002, we acquired Microtool, Inc. (“Microtool”), a Colorado Springs, Colorado company that provides service diagnostics for the 200mm and 300mm equipment markets. This transaction was recorded using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“FAS 141”). Accordingly, our Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2003, include the results of this acquired entity for the period subsequent to its acquisition.

      On July 3, 2002, we acquired Hermos Informatik GmbH (“Hermos”), from its parent, The Hermos Group. Hermos, located in Germany, is a provider of wafer carrier ID readers for the 300mm market. On May 14, 2002, we completed the acquisition of PRI Automation, Inc. (“PRI”). PRI, principally located in Billerica, Massachusetts and Mountain View, California, supplied advanced factory automation systems equipment, software and services designed to optimize the productivity of semiconductor and precision electronics manufacturers, as well as OEM process tool manufacturers. On February 15, 2002, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Intelligent Automation Systems, Inc. and IAS Products, Inc. (collectively, “IAS”), two privately held companies affiliated with each other, previously located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. IAS provides standard and custom automation technology and products for the semiconductor, photonics, life sciences and certain other industries. On December 15, 2001, we acquired Fab Air Control (“Fab Air”), a Massachusetts company that develops exhaust control and airflow management systems for the semiconductor industry. On December 13, 2001, we acquired the Automation Systems Group of Zygo Corporation (“Zygo”). Zygo, previously located in Florida, is a manufacturer of reticle automation systems, including reticle sorters, reticle macro inspection systems and reticle handling solutions for the semiconductor industry. On October 9, 2001, we acquired 90% of the capital stock of Tec-Sem A.G., a Swiss company and subsequently exercised an option to acquire the remaining 10% of Tec-Sem’s capital stock during March 2002. Tec-Sem is a manufacturer of bare reticle stockers, tool buffers and batch transfer systems for the semiconductor industry. As described above, Tec-Sem was subsequently sold in May 2003. On October 5, 2001, we acquired substantially all of the assets of General Precision, Inc. (“GPI”). GPI, previously located in Valencia, California, is a supplier of high-end environmental solutions for the semiconductor industry. These transactions were recorded using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with FAS 141. Accordingly, our Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2002, include the results of these acquired entities for the periods subsequent to their respective acquisitions.

      On July 12, 2001, we acquired Progressive Technologies, Inc. (“PTI”) in a transaction accounted for as a pooling of interests initiated prior to June 30, 2001. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of PTI for all periods prior to the acquisition. PTI is engaged in the development, production and distribution of air-flow regulation systems for clean room and process equipment in the semiconductor industry. Prior to its acquisition by us, PTI’s fiscal year-end was December 31. As a result of conforming dissimilar year-ends, PTI’s results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2000, were included in both of our fiscal years 2001 and 2000. An amount equal to PTI’s net income attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended December 31, 2000 was eliminated from consolidated accumulated deficit for the year ended

20


Table of Contents

September 30, 2001. PTI’s revenues, net income and net income attributable to common stockholders for that quarter were $3.8 million, $536,000 and $506,000, respectively.

      On June 26, 2001, we completed the purchase of KLA-Tencor, Inc.’s e-Diagnostics product business (“e-Diagnostics”). The e-Diagnostics software programs enable service and support teams to remotely access their tools in customer fabs in real-time to diagnose and resolve problems quickly and cost-effectively. On June 25, 2001, we acquired CCS Technology, Inc. (“CCST”), a supplier of 300mm automation test and certification software located in Williston, Vermont. On May 15, 2001,we acquired SimCon N.V. (“SimCon”), a value-added reseller for our simulation, scheduling, production analysis and dispatching software headquartered in Belgium. On February 16, 2001, we acquired SEMY Engineering, Inc. (“SEMY”), a provider of advanced process and equipment control systems for the semiconductor industry located in Phoenix, Arizona. On December 13, 2000, we acquired substantially all of the assets of a scheduling and simulation software and service distributor in Japan. These transactions were recorded using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16, “Business Combinations” (“APB 16”). Accordingly, our Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2001, include the results of these acquired entities for the periods subsequent to their respective acquisitions.

      In June 1999, we formed a joint venture in Korea. This joint venture is 70% owned by us and 30% owned by third parties unaffiliated with us. We consolidate fully the financial position and results of operations of the joint venture and account for the minority interest in the consolidated financial statements.

Related Parties

      Kenneth M. Thompson, a member of the Board of Directors until his death in April 2003 also served as president, chief executive officer and a director of AvantCom Network, Inc. (“AvantCom”), a California supplier of Internet-based diagnostics software. In March 2001, we entered into a non-binding letter of intent with AvantCom relating to a proposed business combination. The letter of intent contemplated the payment by us to AvantCom of approximately $14.0 million in cash and stock and up to 25% of subsequent related billings for the purchase of certain assets related to AvantCom’s proprietary e-Diagnostics software product. Upon execution of the letter of intent, we advanced AvantCom $2.0 million against the purchase price for working capital purposes. During the subsequent negotiation process, the parties were unable to reach a mutually satisfactory purchase agreement and the parties abandoned the transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the letter of intent, AvantCom was obligated to either return the advance or grant us a non-exclusive license to its e-Diagnostics software in exchange therefore. AvantCom has elected to grant us the license and we recorded a charge of $2.0 million in the year ended September 30, 2002 related to the unrecovered advance. Mr. Thompson did not participate in any negotiations related to the proposed transaction.

      On June 11, 2001, we appointed Joseph R. Martin to our Board of Directors. Mr. Martin is also vice chairman and a director of Fairchild Semiconductor International, Inc. (“Fairchild”), one of our customers. Accordingly, Fairchild is considered a related party for the period subsequent to June 11, 2001. Revenues from Fairchild for the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 were approximately $250,000 and $616,000, respectively. Revenues from Fairchild for the period from June 11, 2001 through September 30, 2001 were approximately $32,000. The amounts due from Fairchild included in accounts receivable at September 30, 2003 and 2002 were $38,000 and $68,000, respectively.

      Another of our directors, Roger D. Emerick, had previously also been a director of Lam Research Corporation (“Lam”), one of our customers. On January 23, 2001, Mr. Emerick resigned his position with Lam. Accordingly, Lam is not considered a related party in subsequent reporting periods. Revenues that were recognized from Lam in fiscal year 2001 through January 23, 2001 were $13.9 million.

      Related party transactions and amounts included in accounts receivable and revenue are on standard pricing and contractual terms and manner of settlement for products and services of similar types and at comparable volumes.

21


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to product returns, bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, warranty obligations, excess component order cancellation costs, restructuring and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, including current and anticipated worldwide economic conditions both in general and specifically in relation to the semiconductor industry, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. As discussed under “Restructuring,” “Asset Impairments” and the year over year comparisons below, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

      We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 
      Revenues

      Revenue from product sales and software licenses that do not include significant customization is recorded upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer provided there is evidence of an arrangement, fees are fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured and customer acceptance criteria have been successfully demonstrated. Customer acceptance provisions include final testing and acceptance carried out prior to shipment. These pre-shipment testing and acceptance procedures ensure that the product meets the published specification requirements before the product is shipped. Shipping terms are customarily FOB shipping point. Costs incurred for shipping and handling are included in revenues and cost of sales. A provision for product warranty costs is recorded to estimate costs associated with warranty liabilities. When significant on site customer acceptance provisions are present in the arrangement, revenue is generally recognized upon completion of customer technical acceptance testing. In the event significant uncertainties remain, revenue is deferred and recognized when such obligations are fulfilled by us or the uncertainties are resolved.

      We enter into two types of significant multi-element arrangements: tailored software arrangements, described below, and software sales with post-contract support. Revenue for the undelivered support on multi-element software sales with post-contract support is deferred based on vendor specific objective evidence of the value of the support.

      For tailored software contracts, we provide significant consulting services to tailor the software to the customer’s environment. If we are able to reasonably estimate the level of effort and related costs to complete the contract, we utilize the percentage-of-completion method. Revisions in revenue and cost estimates are recorded in the periods in which the facts that require such revisions become known. If our ability to complete the tailored software is uncertain or if we cannot reasonably estimate the level of effort and related costs, completed contract accounting is applied. Losses, if any, are provided for in the period in which such losses are first identified by management. Generally, the terms of long-term contracts provide for progress billing based on completion of certain phases of work. For maintenance contracts, service revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance contract. Deferred revenue primarily relates to services and maintenance agreements and long term contracts accounted for using the completed contract method.

      In transactions that include multiple products and/or services, we allocate the sales value among each of the deliverables based on their relative fair values and recognizes such revenue when they are delivered.

      Revenue recognition involves judgments, and assessments of expected returns, the likelihood of nonpayment and estimates of expected costs and profits on long-term contracts. We analyze various factors, including a review of specific transactions, historical experience, credit-worthiness of customers and current market and economic conditions in determining when to recognize revenue. Changes in judgments on these

22


Table of Contents

factors could impact the timing and amount of revenue recognized with a resulting impact on the timing and amount of associated income.
 
      Intangible Assets and Goodwill

      We have made a number of acquisitions, and as a result, identified significant intangible assets and generated significant goodwill. Intangible assets are valued based on estimates of future cash flows and amortized over their estimated useful life. Goodwill is subject to annual impairment testing. Intangible assets and other long-lived assets are subject to an impairment test if there is an indicator of impairment. The carrying value and ultimate realization of these assets is dependent upon estimates of future earnings and benefits that we expect to generate from their use. If our expectations of future results and cash flows change and are significantly diminished, intangible assets and goodwill may be impaired and the resulting charge to operations may be material. When we determine that the carrying value of intangibles, long-lived assets and goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure impairment based on one of three methods. For assets related to ongoing operations that we plan to continue, we use a projected undiscounted cash flow method to determine whether impairment exists, and then measure impairment using discounted cash flows. For assets to be disposed of, we assess the fair value of the asset based on current market condition for similar assets. For goodwill, we assess fair value by measuring discounted cash flows of our reporting units and measures impairment as the difference between the resulting implied fair value of goodwill and the recorded book value.

      The estimates of useful lives and expected cash flows require us to make significant judgments regarding future periods that are subject to some factors outside of our control. Changes in these estimates can result in significant revisions to the carrying value of these assets and may result in material charges to the results of operations.

 
      Accounts Receivable

      We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate or economic conditions were to further deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required, with a resulting charge to results of operations.

 
      Restructuring

      We provide reserves for estimated severance benefits and estimated lease obligations net of estimated sublease income for abandoned facilities. Should actual severance benefits and lease obligations differ from our estimates, excess reserves may be identified or additional reserves may be required, with a resulting benefit or charge to results of operations.

 
      Warranty

      We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. While we engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of our component suppliers, our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates and material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required and may result in additional charges to results of operations.

 
      Inventory

      We provide reserves for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. We fully reserve for inventories deemed obsolete. We perform periodic reviews of all inventory items to identify excess inventories on hand by comparing on-hand balances to anticipated usage using recent historical activity as well as anticipated or forecasted demand, based upon sales and marketing

23


Table of Contents

inputs through our planning systems. If estimates of demand diminish further or actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.
 
      Deferred Taxes

      We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. In the event we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in excess of their net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such determination was made.

 
Restructuring

      Our business is significantly dependent on capital expenditures by semiconductor manufacturers and OEM’s, that are, in turn, dependent on the current and anticipated market demand for semiconductors. Our revenues grew substantially in fiscal 2000 and the first half of fiscal 2001, due in large part to high levels of capital expenditures of semiconductor manufacturers. Demand for semiconductors is cyclical and has historically experienced periodic downturns. The semiconductor industry has experienced such a downturn during the past two years. The downturn adversely affected revenues, gross margins and operating results. In response to this prolonged and continued downturn, we have implemented and continue to implement cost reduction programs aimed at aligning our ongoing operating costs with our currently expected revenues over the near term. These cost management initiatives have included consolidating facilities, reductions to headcount, salary and wage reductions and reduced spending. Although we continue to address cost management in response to the downturn, we will continue to invest in those areas which we believe are important to our long-term growth, including customer support and new products.

 
      Fiscal 2003 Restructuring

      Based on estimates of our near term future revenues and operating costs, we announced and implemented in fiscal 2003 several plans to take additional and significant cost reduction actions. Accordingly, charges of $45.9 million were recorded for these actions. Of this amount, $27.0 million related to workforce reductions of approximately 1,000 employees, $12.8 million related to excess facilities and $6.1 million related to the write-off of capitalized costs of cancelled internal systems application infrastructure programs. Excess facilities charges of $12.8 million consisted of $2.7 million for excess facilities identified in fiscal 2003 that were recorded to recognize the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs have been estimated from the time when the space is expected to be vacated and there are no plans to utilize the facilities in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities are being charged to operations. The remaining $10.1 million represents a reevaluation of assumptions used in determining the fair value of certain lease obligations related to facilities abandoned in a previous restructuring. The revised assumptions, including lower estimates of expected sub-rental income over the remainder of the lease terms are based on management’s evaluation of the rental space available. Periodically, the accruals related to restructuring charges are reviewed and compared to their respective cash requirements. As a result of those reviews, the accruals are adjusted for changes in cost and timing assumptions of previously accrued and recorded initiatives. During fiscal 2003, we identified $4.7 million of excess accruals associated with headcount reduction plans previously announced and implemented and $1.2 million of excess accruals for other restructuring costs. The final costs associated with these actions were lower than originally anticipated and accrued. As a result, the excess accruals for these actions were reversed, with a corresponding reduction to restructuring expense. We believe that the cost reduction programs implemented will align costs with revenues and allow us to achieve breakeven results and eventual profitability. In the event we are unable to achieve this alignment, additional cost cutting programs may be required in the future. Given the severity of current market conditions, however, we cannot make any assurance that these cost reduction programs will actually

24


Table of Contents

align our operating expenses and revenues or be sufficient to avoid operating losses, or that additional cost reduction programs will not be necessary in the future.
 
      Fiscal 2002 Restructuring

      In September 2002, we approved a formal plan of restructure in response to the ongoing downturn in the semiconductor industry, which continued to exert downward pressure on our revenues and cost structure. To that effect, we recorded restructuring charges of $16.1 million in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. Of this amount, $9.1 million was related to workforce reductions of approximately 430 employees, which was paid in fiscal 2003, $6.7 million was for the consolidation of several of our facilities, and $0.3 million was for other restructuring costs. These measures were largely intended to further align our capacity and infrastructure to anticipated customer demand, which was adversely affected by the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry. Workforce-related charges, consisting principally of severance costs, were recorded based on specific identification of employees to be terminated, along with their job classifications or functions and their locations. The charges for our excess facilities were recorded to recognize the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs have been estimated from the time when the space was expected to be vacated and there are no plans to utilize the facility in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities were charged to operations.

      As part of the plan to integrate the PRI acquisition, certain sales, technical support and administrative functions were combined and headcount and related costs reduced. Accordingly, during the third quarter of fiscal 2002, we recorded $2.8 million of restructuring charges comprised of $1.3 million for workforce reduction-related costs for our existing employees, $0.4 million related to our excess existing facilities and $1.1 million of other restructuring costs. The $0.4 million for our excess facilities was recorded to recognize the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs were estimated from the time that these facilities are expected to be vacated and there were no plans to utilize the facility in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities were charged to operations.

      Restructuring costs of $13.5 million for former PRI employees, $11.1 million for PRI facilities and $2.3 million for other costs were accrued as part of the purchase accounting for the PRI acquisition, relating to the consolidation and elimination of certain PRI duplicate facilities and redundant PRI personnel. We anticipated headcount reductions of approximately 325 people across all functional areas of the combined company and, as such, included an estimated accrual for workforce reductions of $13.5 million comprised of severance, employee benefits and outplacement support. As of September 30, 2002, 236 of these employees had been terminated, and $9.6 million of severance and other workforce-related costs had been paid. The former chief executive officer of PRI entered into a non-competition agreement with us, which became effective upon completion of the combination and which required a total payment of $1.1 million over a two-year period. We identified redundant facilities consisting of sales and support offices, manufacturing facilities and administrative offices. As such, an accrual of $11.1 million to terminate lease obligations under these agreements was provided. These payments represent the fair value of the minimum rental commitment on facilities with lease terms to 2011. As discussed above, we accrued an additional $10.1 million in fiscal 2003 related to these facilities. In addition, we accrued $1.2 million for amounts to be incurred subsequent to the acquisition related to legal costs to close subsidiaries of PRI.

      Periodically, the accruals related to the acquisition-related and restructuring charges are reviewed and compared to their respective cash requirements. As a result of those reviews, the accruals are adjusted for changes in cost and timing assumptions of previously approved and recorded initiatives. During the year ended September 30, 2002, we identified excess workforce-related accruals recorded for earlier initiatives of $0.4 million, which were reversed in the year ended September 30, 2002.

 
      Fiscal 2001 Restructuring

      In September 2001, we approved a formal plan of restructure in response to the downturn in the semiconductor industry. To that effect, we recorded restructuring charges of $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. Of this amount, $2.0 million was related to workforce reductions of approximately

25


Table of Contents

140 employees, which was paid in 2002, and $3.4 million for the consolidation and strategic focus realignment of several facilities. Workforce charges, consisting principally of severance costs, were recorded based on specific identification of employees to be terminated, along with their job classifications or functions and their locations. The charges for our excess facilities were recorded to recognize the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs were estimated from the time the space was expected to be vacated and there are no plans to utilize the facility in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities were charged to operations.

      The activity related to our restructuring accruals described above is below (in thousands):

                                                 
Fiscal 2003 Activity

New Initiatives
Balance
Balance
September 30, Purchase September 30,
2002 Expense Accounting Reversals Utilization 2003






Facilities
  $ 18,977     $ 12,808     $     $     $ (7,473 )   $ 24,312  
Workforce-related
    13,480       27,029             (4,658 )     (30,896 )     4,955  
Other
    1,329                   (1,170 )     (159 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 33,786     $ 39,837     $     $ (5,828 )   $ (38,528 )   $ 29,267  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Fiscal 2002 Activity

New Initiatives
Balance
Balance
September 30, Purchase September 30,
2001 Expense Accounting Reversals Utilization 2002






Facilities
  $ 3,309     $ 7,096     $ 11,055     $     $ (2,483 )   $ 18,977  
Workforce-related
    1,952       10,451       13,519       (372 )     (12,070 )     13,480  
Other
          1,467       2,292             (2,430 )     1,329  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 5,261     $ 19,014     $ 26,866     $ (372 )   $ (16,983 )   $ 33,786  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Fiscal 2001 Activity

New Initiatives
Balance
Balance
September 30, Purchase September 30,
2000 Expense Accounting Reversals Utilization 2001






Facilities
  $ 507     $ 3,369     $     $     $ (567 )   $ 3,309  
Workforce-related
    20       2,000                   (68 )     1,952  
Other
    11                         (11 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 538     $ 5,369     $     $     $ (646 )   $ 5,261  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

Asset Impairments

      We elected to early adopt the provisions of FAS 142 effective October 1, 2001. Accordingly, we ceased the ratable amortization of goodwill on that date.

      We were required to perform an annual impairment test of our goodwill by March 31, 2002 under the provisions of FAS 142. We completed our initial testing as required and determined that there was no impairment as of October 1, 2001. We compared the fair value of each reporting unit to its recorded book value. An excess of book value over fair value indicates that an impairment of goodwill exists. The fair value of goodwill is determined on an implied residual basis by deducting the fair value of all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including non-acquired intangible assets not recorded, from the total fair value of the reporting unit. Impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the recorded value of goodwill over the implied residual value. The impairment testing was based on discounted cash flow analyses of expectations of future

26


Table of Contents

earnings for each of the reporting units over the remaining estimated lives of the primary assets of the reporting unit. During this annual impairment test in fiscal 2003, as we completed our annual budgeting process, we concluded that the goodwill related to our factory automation hardware segment was impaired due to estimated revenues and cash flows of our product offerings related to this segment. The write-down of goodwill of $40.0 million is included within “Amortization of acquired intangible assets and asset impairment charges” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2003.

      In fiscal 2002, primarily as a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and uncertainty as to the timing and speed of recovery for the sector, we concluded that goodwill related to our equipment automation, factory automation hardware and factory automation software segments was impaired. Accordingly, we recorded a charge to operations of $334.2 million for the write-down of goodwill. The write-down of goodwill is included within “Amortization of acquired intangible assets and asset impairment charges” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2002.

      We perform an assessment of the carrying values of our intangible assets as prescribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“FAS 144”) if indicators of impairment exist. The impairment testing is based on undiscounted cash flows to determine if an impairment existed. Any resulting impairments are measured utilizing discounted cash flow analyses of expectations of future earnings related to existing long-lived assets for each of the reporting units over the remaining estimated useful lives of the primary assets of the reporting unit. As a result of the potential impairment indicated by the impairment of our goodwill, testing was performed. This assessment resulted in no impairment of intangible assets in our segments for the year ended September 30, 2003.

      In fiscal 2002, we performed this assessment under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of” (“FAS 121”) due to the potential impairment indicated by the large impairment of our goodwill. The assessment resulted in the impairment of intangible assets in each of our segments. Accordingly, we recorded a charge to operations of $145.1 million for the write-down of intangible assets. This charge is included within “Amortization of acquired intangible assets and asset impairment charges” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2002.

Year Ended September 30, 2003, Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2002

      We reported a net loss of $185.8 million in the year ended September 30, 2003, compared to a net loss of $720.0 million in the previous year. The results for the year ended September 30, 2003 include charges of $4.6 million for the ratable amortization of acquired intangible assets, $40.0 million for the impairment of goodwill associated with our acquisitions, $46.3 million of acquisition-related and restructuring charges and $39.3 million of other charges. These other charges include $9.4 million recorded to cost of product revenues, $2.9 million recorded to research and development expense, $12.2 million recorded to selling, general and administrative expense and $14.8 million recorded to other (income) expense, net. The charge to cost of product revenues is comprised of $5.5 million for valuation adjustments to inventories, $1.6 million for accelerated depreciation on property, plant and equipment, $0.2 million for retention bonuses and $2.1 million for deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies. The charge to research and development represents $0.5 million of accelerated depreciation on property, plant and equipment and $2.4 million for deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies. The charge to selling, general and administrative expense is comprised of $7.3 million of accelerated depreciation on property, plant and equipment and $4.9 million for deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies. The charge to other (income) expense, net is comprised of $11.6 million for the loss on the disposal of Shinsung Engineering Co., Ltd. (“Shinsung”) warrants, $3.0 million for the loss on the disposal of Shinsung common shares and $0.2 million of other charges.

      The results for the year ended September 30, 2002 include charges of $20.3 million for the ratable amortization of acquired intangible assets, $145.1 million for the impairment of identifiable intangible assets

27


Table of Contents

and $334.2 million for the impairment of goodwill associated with our acquisitions, $106.7 million for the write-down of the value of our net deferred tax asset, $35.0 million of restructuring and acquisition-related charges and $18.7 million of other charges. These other charges include $15.0 million recorded to cost of product revenues, $1.8 million recorded to research and development expense and $1.9 million recorded to selling, general and administrative expense. The charge to cost of product revenues is comprised of $12.8 million for valuation adjustments to inventories, $0.5 million for additional warranty reserves, $0.8 million for loss reserves on acquired contracts, $0.5 million for the write-down of an obsolete tool used in our manufacturing process and $0.4 million for deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies. The charge to research and development represents deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies. The charge to selling, general and administrative expense is comprised of $0.9 million for deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies and $0.5 million of executive severance accruals.

      We provided $6.0 million and $8.3 million in fiscal 2003 and 2002, respectively, as a result of the periodic reviews of obsolete and excess inventory. The inventory affected was across several hardware product lines in the equipment automation and factory automation hardware segments.

      It has been our practice to also discuss certain of our financial measures and results excluding certain acquisition related, restructuring and other charges. These measures and results are not measures recognized under generally accepted accounting principles and may not be comparable to those of other companies. We do not intend or suggest that you consider these alternative measures and results as indicators of operating performance. We believe that presenting our operating results before taking into account such charges provides useful information to aid in understanding ongoing, recurring operations.

 
Revenues

      We reported revenues of $343.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, compared to $304.3 million in the previous year, a 12.9% increase. The increase in revenues is principally attributable to a full year of incremental revenue from the acquisitions consummated during fiscal 2002 offset by the downturn that affected the semiconductor industry throughout the year.

      Our equipment automation segment reported revenues of $172.6 million in the year ended September 30, 2003, an increase of 16.2% from the prior year. This increase is attributable to a full year of incremental revenues from fiscal 2002 acquisitions, partially offset by the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry. Our factory automation hardware segment reported a 22.7% increase, to $82.8 million, in the year ended September 30, 2003, compared to the previous year. The increase is attributable to a full year of incremental revenues from fiscal 2002 acquisitions. Our factory automation software segment reported revenues of $84.7 million, a slight increase from $84.5 million in the prior year.

      Product revenues increased $19.9 million, or 9.5%, to $228.6 million, in the year ended September 30, 2003, from $208.7 million in the previous fiscal year. This increase is attributable to a full year of incremental revenues from fiscal 2002 acquisitions. Service revenues increased $19.4 million, or 20.3%, to $115.0 million. This increase is primarily attributable to a full year of incremental revenues from fiscal 2002 acquisitions.

      Revenues outside the United States were $171.2 million, or 49.8% of revenues, and $146.5 million, or 48.2% of revenues, in the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. We expect that foreign revenues will continue to account for a significant portion of total revenues. The current international component of revenues is not indicative of the future international component of revenues.

      Deferred revenues of $33.7 million at September 30, 2003 consisted of $6.6 million related to deferred maintenance contracts and $27.1 million related to revenues deferred for completed contract method arrangements.

 
Gross Margin

      Gross margin increased to 30.2% for the year ended September 30, 2003, compared to 27.3% for the previous year. Before other charges as described above of $9.4 million and $15.0 million in the years ended

28


Table of Contents

September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively, gross margins on revenues were 32.9% and 32.2%, respectively. Our equipment automation segment gross margin increased to 22.7% in the year ended September 30, 2003, from 16.2% in the prior year. Gross margin for our factory automation hardware segment increased to 18.8% in the year ended September 30, 2003, from 15.7% in the prior year. The increases above are primarily the result of our plant consolidation and other cost reduction measures. Our factory automation software segment’s gross margin for the year ended September 30, 2003, increased to 57.2%, compared to 56.6% in the prior year. The change is primarily due to favorable product mix shifts between license and service revenues.

      Gross margin on product revenues was 25.5% for the year ended September 30, 2003, compared to 27.6% for the prior year. Gross margin on product revenues was 29.7% for the year ended September 30, 2003, before other charges aggregating $9.4 million. Gross margin on product revenues was 34.7% for the year ended September 30, 2002, before other charges aggregating $15.0 million. The decrease in margin is primarily attributable to the lower manufacturing utilization we experienced in connection with the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry. Many of our manufacturing costs are fixed, and a decrease in revenue therefore has the effect of reducing our gross margin.

      Gross margin on service revenues increased to 39.3% for the year ended September 30, 2003, from 26.7% in the previous year. The increase is primarily a result of changes in our service revenue mix from services to license revenues, coupled with the impact of our cost reduction initiatives.

      We provided $6.0 million and $8.3 million in fiscal 2003 and 2002, respectively, as a result of the periodic reviews of obsolete and excess inventory. The inventory affected was across several hardware product lines in the equipment automation and factory automation hardware segments.

 
Research and Development

      Research and development expenses for the year ended September 30, 2003, were $72.9 million, a decrease of $2.2 million, compared to $75.1 million in the previous year. Research and development expenses also decreased as a percentage of revenues, to 21.2%, from 24.7% in the prior year. Research and development expenses were 20.4% of revenues in fiscal 2003, before other charges of $2.9 million. Research and development expenses were 24.1% of revenues in fiscal 2002, before other charges of $1.8 million. The decrease in absolute spending and as a percentage of revenues is primarily the result of our cost reduction actions. Our plan is to continue to invest in research and development to enhance existing and develop new tool and factory hardware and software automation solutions for the semiconductor, data storage and flat panel display manufacturing industries. These investments will be focused on those research and development projects that are most consistent with our business realignment. We expect our future research and development expenses will trend lower as a full year of cost reduction benefits are realized in fiscal 2004.

 
Selling, General and Administrative

      Selling, general and administrative expenses were $98.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, a decrease of $2.9 million, compared to $101.2 million in the prior year. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of revenues, to 28.6% in the year ended September 30, 2003, from 33.3% in the previous year. Selling, general and administrative expenses were 25.1% of revenues in the year ended September 30, 2003, before other charges of $12.2 million. Selling, general and administrative expenses were 32.6% of revenues in the year ended September 30, 2002, before other charges of $1.9 million. The decrease in absolute spending and as a percentage of revenues is primarily the result of our cost reduction activities including headcount reductions. We expect that future expenditure levels will trend lower as a full year of the benefits from the cost reduction activities is realized.

 
Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets and Impairment Charges

      Amortization expense and impairment charges for acquired intangible assets and goodwill totaled $44.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, and are comprised of $40.0 million of impairment charges of our goodwill as described previously in “Asset Impairments” and $4.6 million of ratable amortization of acquired intangible assets from prior acquisitions. We adopted FASB Statement No. 142,

29


Table of Contents

“Goodwill and Other Intangibles” (“FAS 142”) on October 1, 2001 and accordingly, we ceased the ratable amortization of goodwill.

      Amortization expense and impairment charges for acquired intangible assets and goodwill totaled $499.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2002, and are comprised of $145.1 million and $334.2 million of impairment charges of our identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, respectively, and $20.3 million of ratable amortization of acquired intangible assets from prior acquisitions.

 
Acquisition-related and Restructuring Costs

      We recorded a charge to operations of $46.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2003, of which $6.2 million related to acquisitions, $6.1 million related to the write-off of capitalized costs associated with cancelled internal systems applications and infrastructure programs, and $34.0 million to restructuring costs as detailed above. The $6.2 million related to acquisitions is comprised of the $3.2 million loss on the disposition of our Swiss subsidiary, associated legal costs of $0.5 million and $2.5 million of legal, relocation and consulting costs to integrate and consolidate acquired entities into our existing entities.

      We recorded a $35.0 million charge to operations in the year ended September 30, 2002, of which $16.4 million related to acquisitions and aborted acquisitions and $18.6 million to restructuring costs as detailed above. The acquisition costs are comprised of $5.9 million related to the vesting by our chief executive officer in certain incremental retirement benefits upon the closing of the acquisition of PRI on May 14, 2002, $8.5 million to write off loans to aborted acquisition targets that management determined are no longer collectible and $2.0 million of other costs.

 
Interest Income and Expense

      Interest income decreased by $5.7 million, to $4.1 million, in the year ended September 30, 2003, from $9.8 million the previous year. This decrease is due primarily to lower cash balances that were available for investment and lower interest rates that were realized on our investment balances. Interest expense of $10.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2003 relates primarily to the 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes. Interest expense of $10.3 million in the prior year relates primarily to the 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes, and imputed interest on notes payable related to the e-Diagnostics and SimCon acquisitions. The notes issued for these acquisitions were settled on July 26, 2002 and May 14, 2002, respectively.

 
Other (Income) Expense

      Other expense increased by $15.4 million, to $16.3 million, in the year ended September 30, 2003, from $0.9 million the previous year. We incurred losses as a result of the disposal of the Shinsung warrants and shares in the amount of $11.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

 
      Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

      We recorded a net income tax provision of $4.9 million in the year ended September 30, 2003 and net income tax provision of $92.8 million in the year ended September 30, 2002. The tax provision recorded in fiscal 2003 is primarily due to foreign withholding taxes. The tax provision recorded in fiscal 2002 is primarily due to the recording of a valuation allowance when we determined that deferred tax assets were not more likely than not to be realizable.

Year Ended September 30, 2002, Compared to Year Ended September 30, 2001

      We reported a net loss of $720.0 million in the year ended September 30, 2002, compared to a net loss of $29.7 million in the previous year. The results for the year ended September 30, 2002 include charges of $20.3 million for the ratable amortization of acquired intangible assets, $145.1 million for the impairment of identifiable intangible assets and $334.2 million for the impairment of goodwill associated with our acquisitions, $106.7 million for the write-down of the value of our net deferred tax asset, $35.0 million of

30


Table of Contents

restructuring and acquisition-related charges and $18.7 million of other charges. These other charges include $15.0 million recorded to cost of product revenues, $1.8 million recorded to research and development expense and $1.9 million recorded to selling, general and administrative expense. The charge to cost of product revenues is comprised of $12.8 million for valuation adjustments to inventories, $0.5 million for additional warranty reserves, $0.8 million for loss reserves on acquired contracts, $0.5 million for the write-down of an obsolete tool used in our manufacturing process and $0.4 million for deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies. The charge to research and development represents deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies. The charge to selling, general and administrative expense is comprised of $0.9 million for deferred compensation related to stock options granted to employees of acquired companies and $0.5 million of executive severance accruals.

      The results for the year ended September 30, 2001 include $30.2 million of amortization of acquired intangible assets and goodwill, $9.3 million of restructuring and acquisition-related charges and $17.2 million of other charges. These other charges, recorded in the fourth quarter, include $13.7 million recorded to cost of product revenues, comprised of $13.1 million for valuation adjustments to inventories and $0.6 million for additional warranty reserves; $1.0 million of accelerated amortization of research and development expense; and $2.5 million of sales, general and administrative expense for additional accounts receivable allowances.

      Because of the significant decline in revenues in fiscal 2002, and the fourth quarter expectation of a continuation of depressed demand in the first half of fiscal 2003, we projected additional shortfalls in the expected usage of certain inventories and recorded the resulting charges in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002. The reserves for excess and obsolete inventories included $0.1 million and $1.5 million in fiscal 2002 and 2001, respectively, for non-cancelable purchase order obligations for items deemed excess or obsolete. The inventory affected was across several hardware product lines in the equipment automation and factory automation hardware segments. During this process, we reviewed all open purchase orders with the affected vendors across our various segments and cancelled orders where possible. We had provided $2.3 million in the first three quarters of both fiscal 2002 and 2001, as a result of the periodic reviews of obsolete and excess inventory that we performed.

      During fiscal 2001, we experienced a continued deterioration across both our end user and OEM customer base in our receivable aging and a resultant increase in our days sales outstanding, driven by the overall slowdown in the industry. We increased our reserves in fiscal 2001 against receivables due to collection issues caused by the slowdown. During fiscal 2002, we increased our emphasis on collection efforts, including higher staffing levels for collections, which resulted in a decrease in our day sales outstanding at September 30, 2002. Accordingly, no additional increase to reserves was required.

      It has been our practice to also discuss certain of our financial measures and results excluding certain acquisition related, restructuring and other charges. These measures and results are not measures recognized under generally accepted accounting principles and may not be comparable to those of other companies. We do not intend or suggest that you consider these alternative measures and results as indicators of operating performance. We believe that presenting our operating results before taking into account such charges provides useful information to aid in understanding ongoing, recurring operations.

 
Revenues

      We reported revenues of $304.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2002, compared to $381.7 million in the previous year, a 20.3% decrease. The decrease in revenues was principally attributable to the downturn in the semiconductor industry, partially offset by approximately $76 million of incremental revenue from acquisitions consummated during fiscal 2002. Our net revenues, excluding the impact of these acquisitions, decreased 40.1% in the year ended September 30, 2002, compared to the prior year.

      Our equipment automation segment reported revenues of $148.6 million in the year ended September 30, 2002, an increase of 29.6% from the prior year. This decrease was attributable to the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry, partially offset by approximately $40 million of incremental revenues from fiscal 2002 acquisitions. These incremental revenues were primarily generated by the PRI businesses acquired. Excluding these incremental revenues, the segment’s revenues declined 48.5% from the prior year. Our factory

31


Table of Contents

automation hardware segment reported a 16.6% increase, to $67.5 million, in the year ended September 30, 2002, compared to the previous year. The increase was attributable to acquisitions completed during fiscal 2002, which contributed approximately $28.0 million to the segment’s revenues. Excluding this incremental revenue, the segment’s revenues declined 31.7% from the prior year. Our factory automation software segment reported revenues of $84.5 million, a decrease of 25.0% from the prior year. The decrease resulted from the downturn in the semiconductor industry was partially offset by approximately $5.0 million of incremental revenues from fiscal 2002 acquisitions. These incremental software revenues were principally generated by the PRI businesses acquired. Excluding these incremental revenues, the segment’s revenues declined 29.5%, compared to the prior year.

      Product revenues decreased $83.1 million, or 28.5%, to $208.7 million, in the year ended September 30, 2002, from $291.7 million in the previous fiscal year. This decrease was attributable to the continued slowdown in the semiconductor industry, which began to impact us during the second half of fiscal 2001. Excluding the impact of acquisitions consummated during fiscal 2002, product revenues decreased 48.6%. Service revenues increased $5.6 million, or 6.2%, to $95.6 million. This increase was primarily attributable to our fiscal 2002 acquisitions. Excluding the impact of acquisitions consummated during fiscal 2002, service revenues decreased 12.5%.

      Revenues outside the United States were $146.5 million, or 48.2% of revenues, and $191.6 million, or 50.2% of revenues, in the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 
Gross Margin

      Gross margin decreased to 27.3% for the year ended September 30, 2002, compared to 39.9% for the previous year. Excluding other charges detailed above of $15.0 million and $13.7 million in the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001, respectively, gross margins were 32.2% and 43.5%, respectively. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower revenue levels which were a result of the downturn which affected the semiconductor industry, coupled with the historically lower margin rates of several of our fiscal 2002 acquisitions. Lower revenue levels impact cost absorption, exerting downward pressure on gross margins. Our equipment automation segment gross margin decreased to 16.2% in the year ended September 30, 2002, from 29.0% in the prior year. The decrease was primarily the result of product and customer mix, coupled with the effects of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and the resultant impact of excess manufacturing capacity and lower margin rates of our acquired businesses. Gross margin for the our factory automation hardware segment decreased to 15.7% in the year ended September 30, 2002, from 29.5% in the prior year. The decrease is the result of the acquisition of lower margin hardware businesses, coupled with reduced volume within existing business, which led to absorption variances. Our factory automation software segment’s gross margin for the year ended September 30, 2002, decreased to 56.6%, compared to 65.7% in the prior year. The change was primarily due to unfavorable product mix shifts between license and service revenues.

      Gross margin on product revenues was 27.6% for the year ended September 30, 2002, compared to 42.9% for the prior year. Excluding other charges aggregating $15.0 million, gross margin on product revenues was 34.7% for the year ended September 30, 2002. Excluding other charges aggregating $13.7 million, gross margin on product revenues was 47.6% for the year ended September 30, 2001. The decrease in margin is primarily attributable to the effects of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry, causing lower absorption of manufacturing fixed costs.

      Gross margin on service revenues decreased to 26.7% for the year ended September 30, 2002, from 30.2% in the previous year. The decrease was primarily a result of business mix, combined with the pricing pressure of the end user services business and the effects of the downturn in the semiconductor industry on our fixed cost absorption.

      We performed cycle and year-end inventory counts. As a result of these counts, we recorded adjustments of $0.6 million and $2.5 million in fiscal 2002 and 2001, respectively, to reduce the carrying value of our inventories. Included in the process of the physical count was the review of the useful life and expected benefits of utilizing demonstration equipment inventory. As a result of this review, we recorded an adjustment

32


Table of Contents

of $1.2 million for excess and idle demonstration equipment inventory in fiscal 2001. There was no charge for demonstration equipment arising in fiscal 2002.

      We accrued for warranty obligations related to our hardware products. Due to increased warranty return repair costs during the second half of the 2001 fiscal year and fiscal year 2002 of certain products under warranty, we determined that additional warranty reserves of $0.5 million and $0.6 million were required, and they were recorded in fiscal 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      We capitalized certain costs related to in-house software development during the first half of fiscal 2001 consistent with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed for Internal Use” (“SOP 98-1”). Consistent with SOP 98-1, we performed a review at fiscal year-end of the projects for which we capitalized costs. Based upon this review, particularly considering the industry slowdown in the second half of the year and the expected continuing slowdown, we determined that the related projects no longer provided us with incremental and substantial benefit and cancelled the projects. As a result, $1.0 million of capitalized costs were expensed in the year ended September 30, 2001.

 
Research and Development

      Research and development expenses for the year ended September 30, 2002, were $75.1 million, an increase of $14.2 million, compared to $60.9 million in the previous year. Research and development expenses also increased as a percentage of revenues, to 24.7%, from 16.0% in the prior year. Excluding other charges of $1.8 million, research and development expenses were 24.1% of revenues in fiscal 2002. Excluding other charges of $1.0 million, research and development expenses were 15.7% of revenues in the fiscal 2001. The increase in absolute spending was the result of the research and development related to our acquisitions as well as incremental spending associated with the launch of new products. The increase in these expenditures as a percentage of revenues was primarily attributable to the downturn that continues to affect the semiconductor industry, which began to impact us during the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001.

 
Selling, General and Administrative

      Selling, general and administrative expenses were $101.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2002, an increase of $5.3 million, compared to $95.9 million in the prior year. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenues, to 33.3% in the year ended September 30, 2002, from 25.1% in the previous year. Excluding other charges of $1.9 million, selling, general and administrative expenses were 32.6% of revenues in the year ended September 30, 2002. Excluding other charges of $2.5 million, selling, general and administrative expenses were 24.5% of revenues in the year ended September 30, 2001. The increase in absolute spending was the result of expanded sales and marketing activities as well as general and administration support costs associated with the acquisitions and infrastructure improvements that affected, while the increase as a percentage of revenues was attributable primarily to the reduction in revenue due to the downturn currently affecting the semiconductor industry.

 
Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets and Impairment Charges

      Amortization expense and impairment charges for acquired intangible assets and goodwill totaled $499.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2002, and are comprised of $145.1 million and $334.2 million of impairment charges of our identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, respectively, and $20.3 million of ratable amortization of acquired intangible assets from prior acquisitions. We adopted FAS 142 on October 1, 2001 and accordingly, we ceased the ratable amortization of goodwill. Amortization expense for goodwill and assembled workforces was $23.8 million in the year ended September 30, 2001. For the year ended September 30, 2001, amortization expense for acquired intangible assets was $6.4 million, and relates to acquisitions prior to and during fiscal 2001.

 
Acquisition-related and Restructuring Costs

      We recorded a charge to operations of $35.0 million in the year ended September 30, 2002, of which $16.4 million related to acquisitions and aborted acquisitions and $18.6 million to restructuring costs as

33


Table of Contents

detailed above. The acquisition costs were comprised of $5.9 million related to the vesting by our chief executive officer in certain incremental retirement benefits upon the closing of the acquisition of PRI on May 14, 2002, $8.5 million to write off loans to aborted acquisition targets that management determined are no longer collectible and $2.0 million of other costs.

      We recorded $9.3 million of acquisition-related and restructuring charges during the year ended September 30, 2001, comprised of $3.9 million of acquisition-related costs and $5.4 million of restructuring charges. The acquisition-related costs relate to transaction costs, principally legal, accounting and investment banking fees incurred for the acquisition of PTI.

 
Interest Income and Expense

      Interest income decreased by $2.7 million, to $9.8 million, in the year ended September 30, 2002, from $12.5 million the previous year. This decrease was due primarily to lower cash balances available for investment. Interest expense of $10.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2002, related primarily to the 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes, and imputed interest on notes payable related to the e-Diagnostics and SimCon acquisitions. The notes issued for these acquisitions were settled on July 26, 2002 and May 14, 2002, respectively. Interest expense of $4.1 million in the prior year related primarily to the 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes, imputed interest on the notes payable for the e-Diagnostics and SimCon acquisitions and the our note payable to Daifuku America in connection with the acquisition of ASC and ASI, which was discharged on January 5, 2001.

 
Income Tax Provision (Benefit)

      We recorded a net income tax provision of $92.8 million in the year ended September 30, 2002 and net income tax benefit of $6.4 million in the year ended September 30, 2001. The tax provision recorded in fiscal 2002 is primarily due to the recording of a valuation allowance. We determined that the realization of our deferred tax assets was not likely. The tax benefit recorded in fiscal 2001 is primarily due to anticipated future tax benefit of domestic net operating losses and research and development credits, partially offset by provisions for taxes on overseas earnings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      We have recorded significant losses from operations and have an accumulated deficit of $951.1 million at September 30, 2003. Revenues and income from operations have decreased substantially and net cash outflows from operations have increased significantly as a result of the current downturn within the semiconductor sector and related industries. Consequently, we have undertaken several restructuring programs during the year ended September 30, 2003 to align our cost structures and our revenues. These actions follow a series of similar efforts conducted in the year ended September 30, 2002, which were insufficient. The cyclical nature of the industry, the extended period of the recent downturn and the current uncertainty as to the timing and speed of recovery make estimates of future revenues, results of revenues, results of operations and net cash flows inherently uncertain.

      At September 30, 2003, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities aggregating $198.6 million. This amount was comprised of $125.0 million of cash and cash equivalents, $4.5 million of investments in short-term marketable securities and $69.1 million of investments in long-term marketable securities.

      At September 30, 2002, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities aggregating $245.7 million. This amount was comprised of $125.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, $25.3 million of investments in short-term marketable securities and $95.1 million of investments in long-term marketable securities.

      Cash and cash equivalents were $125.0 million at September 30, 2003, a decrease of $0.3 million from September 30, 2002. This decrease in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to cash used in operations of $48.3 million and capital expenditures of $13.8 million. These amounts were offset by $46.8 million of net sales and maturities of marketable securities, $8.4 million for proceeds primarily from the sale of Shinsung common stock and warrants and $6.1 million of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock.

34


Table of Contents

      Cash used in operations was $48.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, and was primarily attributable to our net loss of $185.8 million, adjusted for depreciation and amortization of $31.0 million, a charge for the impairment of fixed assets, long term assets and goodwill totaling $57.6 million, compensation expense related to common stock options and stock based compensation expense of $9.4 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of $19.7 million and a decrease in inventories of $19.5 million.

      Our days sales outstanding (“DSO”) increased slightly to 78 days at September 30, 2003, from 77 days at September 30, 2002. Maintaining this level is primarily attributable to our continued emphasis on collection efforts.

      Cash provided by investing activities was $43.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, and is principally comprised of net proceeds from sale of marketable securities of $46.8 million and proceeds from the sale of long lived assets of $8.4 million offset by $13.8 million used for capital additions.

      Cash provided by financing activities was $6.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2003, and is primarily comprised of $6.1 million from the issuance of stock under our employee stock purchase plan and the exercise of options to purchase our common stock.

      On May 23, 2001, we completed the private placement of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due in 2008. Interest on the notes is paid on June 1 and December 1 of each year. We made its first interest payment on December 1, 2001. The notes will mature on June 1, 2008. We may redeem the notes at stated premiums on or after June 6, 2004, or earlier if the price of our common stock reaches certain prices. Holders may require us to repurchase the notes upon a change in control of us in certain circumstances. The notes are convertible at any time prior to maturity, at the option of the holders, into shares of our common stock, at a conversion price of $70.23 per share, subject to certain adjustments. The notes are subordinated to our senior indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

      While we have no significant capital commitments, as we expand our product offerings, we anticipate that we will continue to make capital expenditures to support our business and improve our computer systems infrastructure. We may also use our resources to acquire companies, technologies or products that complement our business.

      At September 30, 2003, we had approximately $0.8 million of an uncommitted demand promissory note facility still in use, all of it for letters of credit.

      Our contractual obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

                                             
Less than One to Four to
Total One Year Three Years Five Years Thereafter





Contractual obligations
                                       
 
Operating leases — continuing
  $ 14,336     $ 4,291     $ 4,555     $ 1,999     $ 3,491  
 
Operating leases — exited facilities
    31,693       5,809       9,884       8,077       7,923  
 
Debt
    175,123       98       23       175,002        
 
Interest on convertible subordinated notes
    41,563       8,313       16,625       16,625        
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total contractual obligations
  $ 262,715     $ 18,511     $ 31,087     $ 201,703     $ 11,414  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The table above does not include an accrual of $9.9 million related to the projected retirement benefit to be paid to our Chief Executive Officer under his current employment agreement. The projected amount payable is earned over time and due immediately upon his retirement; however, at this time, his retirement date is not determinable. His current employment agreement will expire on October 1, 2005.

      In April 2003, we executed a tender offer (the “Exchange Program”) under which our employees (excluding certain of our executive officers and the directors) holding stock options awarded under our various stock option plans which have an exercise price equal to or in excess of $20.00 per share (the “Old Options”) were permitted to exchange their Old Options for new options to purchase a smaller number of shares (the

35


Table of Contents

“New Options”). Under the Exchange Program, options to purchase 2,526,880 shares of common stock of participating employees were cancelled. Subsequently, on October 16, 2003, we issued New Options to purchase 1,218,809 shares of common stock to those employees at an exercise price equal to $24.30, the market price of our common stock on that date. As the New Options were granted more than six months after the cancellation of the Old Options, no compensation expense was recorded related to the new issuance. In conjunction with the Exchange Program we recognized $2.5 million of compensation expense in the year ended September 30, 2003, related to unamortized deferred compensation for those options cancelled, which were originally granted to the employees of acquired companies.

      We believe that our existing resources will be adequate to fund our currently planned working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, we used $48.3 million to fund our operations for fiscal 2003, and the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry makes it very difficult for us to predict future liquidity requirements with certainty. We may be unable to obtain any required additional financing on terms favorable, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our expansion, successfully develop or enhance products, respond to competitive pressure or take advantage of acquisition opportunities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In November 2002, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force released Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”). EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which it will perform multiple revenue-generating activities. EITF 00-21 establishes three principles: (a) revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting; (b) arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values; and (c) revenue recognition criteria should be considered separately for separate units of accounting. EITF 00-21 is effective for all arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of EITF 00-21 has not had any significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB 51” (“FIN 46”). The primary objectives of FIN 46 are to provide guidance on the identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other than through voting rights (“variable interest entities” or “VIEs”) and how to determine when and which business enterprise should consolidate the VIE. This new model for consolidation applies to an entity which either: (a) the equity investors (if any) do not have a controlling financial interest; or (b) the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance that entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties. In addition, FIN 46 requires that both the primary beneficiary and all other enterprises with a significant variable interest in a VIE make additional disclosures. In October 2003, the FASB deferred the effective date for applying the provisions of FIN 46 to interests held in certain variable interest entities or potential variable interest entities until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003 if the VIE or potential VIE was created before February 1, 2003 and the entity has not issued financial statements reporting that VIE in accordance with FIN 46, other than in certain disclosures required. We do not expect the adoption of FIN 46 to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting For Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (“FAS 150”), which establishes standards for how an issuer of financial instruments classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) if, at inception, the monetary value of the obligation is based solely or predominantly on a fixed monetary amount known at inception, variations in something other than the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares or variations inversely related to changes in the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares. In November 2003, the FASB deferred the classification and measurement provisions for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests for an indefinite period of time. The instruments covered by this deferral would be redeemable only upon the liquidation or termination of the finite-lived subsidiary and would apply to both existing and future

36


Table of Contents

arrangements. For all other mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests (those that are a liability under FAS 150 to the subsidiary and also a liability when consolidated by the parent), only the measurement provisions relating to forward contracts are deferred for an indefinite period, if the security was created on or before November 5, 2003. For SEC registrants, the disclosure provisions of FAS 150 are expected to apply without any deferral. We will continue to evaluate the impact of FAS 150 on its financial position and results of operations.

Factors That May Affect Future Results

      You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this report before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. These are the risks and uncertainties we believe are most important for you to consider. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, which we currently deems immaterial or which are similar to those faced by other companies in our industry or business in general, may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results would likely suffer. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

Due in part to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor manufacturing industry, we have recently incurred substantial operating losses and may have future losses.

      Our business is largely dependent on the semiconductor manufacturing industry and other businesses employing similar manufacturing technology. In recent years, these businesses have experienced unpredictable and volatile business cycles due in large part to rapid changes in demand and manufacturing capacity for semiconductors. The semiconductor industry has been in a prolonged downturn, which has negatively impacted us since the third quarter of fiscal 2001. As a result of the downturn, our OEM and end-user customers have significantly reduced the rate at which they purchase our products and services. This reduced demand has adversely affected our sales volume and gross margins and has resulted in substantial operating losses during fiscal 2001, 2002 and 2003. These losses are due to, among other things, writedowns for obsolete inventory and expenses related to investments in research and development and global service and support necessary to maintain our competitive position. We may have future operating losses while the industry downturn and uncertain demand continues. If the industry downturn continues for an extended period of time, our business could be materially harmed. Conversely, if demand improves unexpectedly, we may have insufficient inventory and manufacturing capacity to meet our customer needs on a timely basis, which could result in the loss of customers and various other expenses that could reduce gross margins and profitability. We cannot assure you as to whether or when we will become profitable or whether we will be able to sustain such profitability, if achieved.

Risks Relating to Brooks

Our operating results could fluctuate significantly, which could negatively impact our business.

      Our revenues, operating margins and other operating results could fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter depending upon a variety of factors, including:

  •  demand for our products as a result of the cyclical nature of the semiconductor manufacturing industry or otherwise;
 
  •  changes in the timing and terms of product orders by our customers as a result of our customer concentration or otherwise;
 
  •  changes in the mix of products and services that we offer;
 
  •  timing and market acceptance of our new product introductions;

37


Table of Contents

  •  delays or problems in the planned introduction of new products;
 
  •  our competitors’ announcements of new products, services or technological innovations, which can, among other things, render our products less competitive due to the rapid technological change in our industry;
 
  •  the timing and related costs of any acquisitions;
 
  •  our ability to reduce our costs due to decreased demand for our products and services;
 
  •  disruptions in our manufacturing process or in the supply of components to us;
 
  •  write-offs for excess or obsolete inventory; and
 
  •  competitive pricing pressures.

      As a result of these risks, we believe that quarter to quarter comparisons of our revenue and operating results may not be meaningful, and that these comparisons may not be an accurate indicator of our future performance. If our quarterly results fluctuate significantly, our business could be harmed.

Our restructuring activities and cost reduction measures may be insufficient to offset reduced demand for our products and may have materially harmed our business.

      Primarily in response to reduced demand for our products, during the recent downturn in the semiconductor industry, we implemented cost reductions and other restructuring activities throughout our organization. These cost saving measures included several reductions in workforce, salary and wage reductions, reduced inventory levels, consolidation of certain of our manufacturing facilities to our Chelmsford, Massachusetts facilities and the discontinuation of certain product lines and information technology projects. We cannot assure you that these cost reductions will be sufficient to offset the reduced sales levels we experienced during the downturn. Our failure to adequately reduce our costs, without a corresponding increase in demand for our products and sales level, could materially harm our business and prospects and our ability to maintain our competitive position. Our restructuring activities may have harmed us because they may have resulted in reduced productivity by our employees and increased difficulty in retaining and hiring a sufficient number of qualified employees familiar with our products and processes and the locales in which we operate.

Delays and technical difficulties in our products and operations may result in lost revenue, lost profit, delayed or limited market acceptance or product liability claims.

      As the technology in our systems and manufacturing operations has become more complex and customized, it has become increasingly difficult to design and integrate these technologies into our newly-introduced systems, procure adequate supplies of specialized components, train technical and manufacturing personnel and make timely transitions to volume manufacturing. Due to the complexity of our manufacturing processes, we have on occasion failed to meet our customers’ delivery or performance criteria, and as a result we have deferred revenue recognition, incurred late delivery penalties and had higher warranty and service costs. We cannot guarantee that we will not experience these problems in the future. We may be unable to recover expenses we incur due to changes or cancellations of customized orders. There are also substantial unanticipated costs associated with ensuring that new products function properly and reliably in the early stages of their life cycle. These costs have been and could in the future be greater than expected as a result of these complexities. Our failure to control these costs could materially harm our business and profitability.

      Because many of our customers use our products for business-critical applications, any errors, defects or other performance or technical problems could result in financial or other damage to our customers and could significantly impair their operations. Our customers could seek to recover damages from us for losses related to any of these issues. A product liability claim brought against us, even if not successful, would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend and could adversely affect our marketing efforts.

38


Table of Contents

If we do not continue to introduce new products and services that reflect advances in technology in a timely manner, our products and services will become obsolete and our operating results will suffer.

      Our success is dependent on our ability to respond to the rapid rate of technological change present in the semiconductor manufacturing industry. The success of our product introduction and development depends on our ability to:

  •  accurately identify and define new market opportunities and products;
 
  •  obtain market acceptance of our products, such as OneFab AMHS;
 
  •  timely innovate, develop and commercialize new technologies and applications;
 
  •  adjust to changing market conditions;
 
  •  differentiate our offerings from our competitors’ offerings;
 
  •  continue to develop a comprehensive, integrated product and service strategy; and
 
  •  properly price our products and services.

      If we cannot succeed in responding in a timely manner to technological and/or market changes, we could lose our competitive position which could materially harm our business and our prospects.

Our systems integration services business has grown significantly, and poor execution of that business could adversely affect our operating results.

      The number of projects for our systems integration services business, which integrates our software and hardware products with products provided by our customers or others, has grown significantly. We are in the early stages of developing this business. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks attendant to entering a business in which we have little direct experience. Due to complexities in this business, we may be unable to integrate our customers’ products with our software and hardware products in a cost effective and timely manner, which could adversely affect our operating results and materially harm our business. Our ability to succeed in this business and increase our revenues is further limited by our ability to retain, hire and train systems integration personnel. We believe that there is significant competition for personnel with the advanced skills and technical knowledge that this business requires. Since some of our competitors may have greater resources to hire personnel with those skills and knowledge, our operating margins could be adversely affected if we cannot hire and train additional personnel or deliver integrated systems to our customers on a timely basis consistent with our budgets.

The global nature of our business exposes it to multiple risks.

      For the year ended September 30, 2003, approximately 50% of our revenues were derived from sales outside North America. We expect that international sales, including increased sales in Asia, will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues. As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to many risks and uncertainties, including:

  •  difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in multiple countries;
 
  •  longer sales-cycles and time to collection;
 
  •  tariff and international trade barriers;
 
  •  fewer legal protections for intellectual property and contract rights abroad;
 
  •  different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we operate;
 
  •  government currency control and restrictions on repatriation of earnings;
 
  •  fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates; and
 
  •  political and economic changes, hostilities and other disruptions in regions where we operate.

39


Table of Contents

      Negative developments in any of these areas in one or more countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the cancellation or delay of orders already placed, threats to our intellectual property, difficulty in collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business, any of which could materially harm our business and profitability.

Our business could be materially harmed if we fail to adequately integrate the operations of the businesses that we may acquire.

      We have made in the past, and may make in the future, acquisitions or significant investments in businesses with complementary products, services and/or technologies. Our acquisitions present numerous risks, including:

  •  difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired companies and realizing upon the anticipated synergies of the combined businesses;
 
  •  defining and executing a comprehensive product strategy;
 
  •  managing the risks of entering markets or types of businesses in which we have limited or no direct experience;
 
  •  the potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies;
 
  •  unanticipated problems or latent liabilities, such as problems with the quality of the installed base of the target company’s products;
 
  •  problems associated with compliance with the target company’s existing contracts;
 
  •  difficulties in managing geographically dispersed operations; and
 
  •  the diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business.

      If we acquire a new business, we may be required to expend significant funds, incur additional debt or issue additional securities, which may negatively affect our operations and be dilutive to our stockholders. In periods following an acquisition, we will be required to evaluate goodwill and acquisition-related intangible assets for impairment. When such assets are found to be impaired, they will be written down to estimated fair value, with a charge against earnings. For example, we were required to record impairment charges on acquired intangible assets and goodwill aggregating $479.3 million in fiscal 2002. The failure to adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results.

Risks Relating to Our Customers

We face substantial competition which may lead to price pressure an otherwise adversely affect our sales.

      We face substantial competition throughout the world in each of our product areas. Our primary competitors range from large companies such as Asyst/ Shinko, Daifuku, HP/ Compaq, IBM, Murata, Rorze, TDK and Yaskawa to smaller, regional companies. We also compete with OEM manufacturers, such as Applied Materials, that satisfy their semiconductor and flat panel display handling needs internally rather than by purchasing systems or modules from a supplier like us. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial resources and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, marketing and customer support capabilities than we do. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products and to introduce new products and technologies that could adversely affect sales of our current and future products and services. New products and technologies developed by our competitors or more efficient production of their products could require us to make significant price reductions to avoid losing orders. If we fail to respond adequately to pricing pressures or fail to develop products with improved performance or developments with respect to the other factors on which we compete, we could lose customers or orders. If we are unable to compete effectively, our business and prospects could be materially harmed.

40


Table of Contents

Because we rely on a limited number of customers for a large portion of our revenues, the loss of one or more of these customers could materially harm our business.

      We receive a significant portion of our revenues in each fiscal period from a relatively limited number of customers, and that trend is likely to continue. Sales to our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 37% of our total revenues in fiscal 2003, 33% in fiscal 2002 and 37% in fiscal 2001. As the semiconductor manufacturing industry continues to consolidate and further shifts to foundries which manufacture semiconductors designed by others, the number of our potential customers could decrease, which would increase our dependence on our limited number of customers. The loss of one or more of these major customers or a decrease in orders from one of these customers could materially affect our revenue, business and reputation.

Because of the lengthy sales cycles of many of our products, we may incur significant expenses before we generate any revenues related to those products.

      Our customers may need several months to test and evaluate our products. This increases the possibility that a customer may decide to cancel or change plans, which could reduce or eliminate our sales to that customer. As a result of this lengthy sales cycle, we may incur significant research and development expenses, and selling, general and administrative expenses before we generate the related revenues for these products, and we may never generate the anticipated revenues if a customer cancels or changes its plans.

      In addition, many of our products will not be sold directly to the end-user but will be components of other products. As a result, we rely on OEMs of our products to select our products from among alternative offerings to be incorporated into their equipment at the design stage; so-called design ins. The OEM’s decisions often precede the generation of volume sales, if any, by a year or more. Moreover, if we are unable to achieve these design ins from OEMs, we would have difficulty selling our products to that OEM because changing suppliers involves significant cost, time, effort and risk on the part of that OEM.

Customers do not make long term commitments to purchase our products and our customers may cease purchasing our products at any time.

      Sales of our products are often made pursuant to individual purchase orders and not under long-term commitments and contracts. Our customers frequently do not provide any assurance of minimum or future sales and are not prohibited from purchasing products from our competitors at any time. Accordingly, we are exposed to competitive pricing pressures on each order. Our customers also engage in the practice of purchasing products from more than one manufacturer to avoid dependence on sole-source suppliers for certain of their needs. The existence of these practices makes it more difficult for us to gain new customers and to win repeat business from existing customers.

Other Risks

We may be subject to claims of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights, or demands that we license third-party technology, which could result in significant expense and prevent us from using our technology.

      We rely upon patents, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, copyrights, trademarks and licensing agreements to protect our technology. Due to the rapid technological change that characterizes the semiconductor and flat panel display process equipment industries, we believe that the improvement of existing technology, reliance upon trade secrets and unpatented proprietary know-how and the development of new products may be as important as patent protection in establishing and maintaining competitive advantage. To protect trade secrets and know-how, it is our policy to require all technical and management personnel to enter into nondisclosure agreements. We cannot guarantee that these efforts will meaningfully protect our trade secrets.

      There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the semiconductor related industries. We have in the past been, and may in the future be, notified that we may be

41


Table of Contents

infringing intellectual property rights possessed by other third parties. We cannot guarantee that infringement claims by third parties or other claims for indemnification by customers or end users of our products resulting from infringement claims will not be asserted in the future or that such assertions, if proven to be true, will not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

      Particular elements of our technology could be found to infringe on the intellectual property rights or patents of others. Other companies may hold or obtain patents on inventions or otherwise claim proprietary rights to technology necessary to our business. For example, twice in 1992 and once in 1994 we received notice from General Signal Corporation that it believed that certain of our tool automation products infringed General Signal’s patent rights. We believe the matters identified in the notice from General Signal were also the subject of a dispute between General Signal and Applied Materials, Inc., which was settled in November 1997. There are also claims that have been made by Asyst Technologies Inc. that certain products we acquired through acquisition embody intellectual property owned by Asyst. To date no action has been instituted against us directly by General Signal, Applied Materials or Asyst.

      We cannot predict the extent to which we might be required to seek licenses or alter our products so that they no longer infringe the rights of others. We also cannot guarantee that the terms of any licenses we may be required to seek will be reasonable. Similarly, changing our products or processes to avoid infringing the rights of others may be costly or impractical and could detract from the value of our products. If a judgment of infringement were obtained against us, we could be required to pay substantial damages and a court could issue an order preventing us from selling one or more of our products. Further the cost and diversion of management attention brought about by such litigation could be substantial, even if we were to prevail. Any of these events could result in significant expense to us and may materially harm our business and our prospects.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property could adversely affect our future operations.

      Our ability to compete is significantly affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property. Existing trade secret, trademark and copyright laws offer only limited protection, and certain of our patents could be invalidated or circumvented. In addition, the laws of some countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold may not fully protect our products. We cannot guarantee that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent the misappropriation of our technology. Other companies could independently develop similar or superior technology without violating our intellectual property rights. In the future, it may be necessary to engage in litigation or like activities to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights of others, including our customers. This could require us to incur significant expenses and to divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from our business operations.

If the site of the majority of our manufacturing operations were to experience a significant disruption in operations, our business could be materially harmed.

      Most of our manufacturing facilities are concentrated in one location. If the operations of these facilities were disrupted as a result of a natural disaster, fire, power or other utility outage, work stoppage or other similar event, our business could be seriously harmed because we may be unable to manufacture and ship products and parts to our customers in a timely fashion.

Our business could be materially harmed if one or more key suppliers fail to deliver key components.

      We currently obtain many of our key components on an as-needed, purchase order basis from numerous suppliers. We do not generally have long-term supply contracts with these suppliers, and many of them have undertaken cost-containment measures in light of the recent downturn in the semiconductor industry. In the event of an industry upturn these suppliers could face significant challenges in delivering components on a timely basis. Our inability to obtain components in required quantities or of acceptable quality could result in delays or reductions in product shipments to our customers. This could cause us to lose customers, result in delayed or lost revenue and otherwise materially harm our business.

42


Table of Contents

Our stock price is volatile.

      The market price of our common stock has fluctuated widely. For example, between May 14, 2002 and September 30, 2002, the closing price of our common stock dropped from approximately $39.55 to $11.45 per share and between April 14, 2003 and September 8, 2003, the price of our common stock rose from approximately $7.80 to $27.68 per share. The market price of our common stock reached a low of approximately $7.59 on April 11, 2003. Consequently, the current market price of our common stock may not be indicative of future market prices, and we may be unable to sustain or increase the value of an investment in our common stock. Factors affecting our stock price may include:

  •  variations in operating results from quarter to quarter;
 
  •  changes in earnings estimates by analysts or our failure to meet analysts’ expectations;
 
  •  changes in the market price per share of our public company customers;
 
  •  market conditions in the industry;
 
  •  general economic conditions;
 
  •  political changes, hostilities or health risks such as SARS;
 
  •  low trading volume of our common stock; and
 
  •  the number of firms making a market in our common stock.

      In addition, the stock market has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have particularly affected the market prices of the securities of high technology companies like ours. These market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our organizational documents, contracts and 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2008 may make it difficult for someone to acquire control of the us.

      Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws, contracts and 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2008 contain provisions that would make more difficult an acquisition of control of us and could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay for our securities, including:

  •  the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without further authorization of stockholders;
 
  •  a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent;
 
  •  the elimination of the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  a requirement that stockholders provide advance notice of any stockholder nominations of directors to be considered at any meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  a requirement that the affirmative vote of at least 80 percent of our shares be obtained for certain actions requiring the vote of our stockholders;
 
  •  a requirement under our shareholder rights plan that, in many potential takeover situations, rights issued under the plan become exercisable to purchase our common stock at a price substantially discounted from the then applicable market price of our common stock; and
 
  •  a requirement upon specified types of change of control that we repurchase the 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal outstanding amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

43


Table of Contents

Brooks Automation, Inc.

 
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Exposure

      At September 30, 2003, we had no variable interest rate debt, accordingly, a 10% change in the effective interest rate percentage would not materially affect the consolidated results of operations or financial position.

Currency Rate Exposure

      Our foreign revenues are generally denominated in United States dollars. Accordingly, foreign currency fluctuations have not had a significant impact on the comparison of the results of operations for the periods presented. The costs and expenses of our international subsidiaries are generally denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. However, since the functional currency of our international subsidiaries is the local currency, foreign currency translation adjustments do not impact operating results, but instead are reflected as a component of stockholders’ equity under the caption “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”. To the extent that we expand our international operations or change our pricing practices to denominate prices in foreign currencies, we will be exposed to increased risk of currency fluctuation. Assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries are translated at period end exchange rates. As such, foreign currency fluctuation results in increases and decreases in translated foreign currency assets and liabilities with the resulting offset being reflected in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”.

44


Table of Contents

 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
           
Report of Independent Auditors
    46  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2003 and 2002
    47  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    48  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the three years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    49  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001
    50  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    52  
Financial Statement Schedule:
       
 
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
    87  

45


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Brooks Automation, Inc.:

      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Brooks Automation, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial statement schedule are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

October 29, 2003

46


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                     
September 30,

2003 2002


(In thousands, except
share and per share
data)
ASSETS
Current assets
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 124,999     $ 125,297  
 
Marketable securities
    4,481       25,353  
 
Accounts receivable, net
    69,374       89,150  
 
Inventories
    53,212       78,193  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    17,946       15,560  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    270,012       333,553  
Property, plant and equipment
               
 
Buildings and land
    38,830       37,259  
 
Computer equipment and software
    60,721       45,558  
 
Machinery and equipment
    27,303       23,658  
 
Furniture and fixtures
    15,983       14,706  
 
Leasehold improvements
    25,982       25,238  
 
Construction in progress
    938       13,768  
     
     
 
      169,757       160,187  
 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (104,932 )     (75,395 )
     
     
 
      64,825       84,792  
Long-term marketable securities
    69,108       95,087  
Goodwill
    68,958       104,156  
Intangible assets, net
    10,592       14,648  
Other assets
    9,206       25,261  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 492,701     $ 657,497  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES, MINORITY INTERESTS AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
               
 
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 98     $ 8  
 
Accounts payable
    26,770       30,436  
 
Deferred revenue
    33,686       29,032  
 
Accrued warranty and retrofit costs
    11,809       19,011  
 
Accrued compensation and benefits
    14,808       18,171  
 
Accrued retirement benefit
    9,899       9,599  
 
Accrued restructuring costs
    10,908       18,897  
 
Accrued income taxes payable
    10,165       8,488  
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    16,714       23,573  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    134,857       157,215  
Long-term debt
    175,025       175,177  
Accrued long-term restructuring
    18,359       14,889  
Other long-term liabilities
    1,467       1,488  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    329,708       348,769  
     
     
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
               
Minority interests
    707       493  
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity
               
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 1 share issued and outstanding
           
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares and 43,000,000 shares authorized, 37,266,181 and 36,199,333 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively
    373       362  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    1,102,215       1,094,726  
 
Deferred compensation
    (1,014 )     (13,421 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    11,846       (8,058 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (951,134 )     (765,374 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    162,286       308,235  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities, minority interests and stockholders’ equity
  $ 492,701     $ 657,497  
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                             
Year ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



(In thousands, except per share data)
Revenues
                       
 
Product, including related party revenues of $250, $616 and $13,966, respectively
  $ 228,599     $ 208,666     $ 291,727  
 
Services
    115,011       95,588       89,989  
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    343,610       304,254       381,716  
     
     
     
 
Cost of revenues
                       
 
Product
    170,193       151,147       166,471  
 
Services
    69,751       70,063       62,861  
     
     
     
 
   
Total cost of revenues
    239,944       221,210       229,332  
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    103,666       83,044       152,384  
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses
                       
 
Research and development
    72,894       75,055       60,868  
 
Selling, general and administrative
    98,308       101,205       95,919  
 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets and asset impairment charges
    44,605       499,570       30,187  
 
Acquisition-related and restructuring charges
    46,257       35,032       9,314  
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    262,064       710,862       196,288  
     
     
     
 
Loss from operations
    (158,398 )     (627,818 )     (43,904 )
Interest income
    4,067       9,840       12,534  
Interest expense
    10,042       10,290       4,063  
Other (income) expense, net
    16,267       (856 )     1,090  
     
     
     
 
Loss before income taxes and minority interests
    (180,640 )     (627,412 )     (36,523 )
Income tax provision (benefit)
    4,906       92,816       (6,439 )
     
     
     
 
Loss before minority interests
    (185,546 )     (720,228 )     (30,084 )
Minority interests in income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries
    214       (274 )     (424 )
     
     
     
 
Net loss
    (185,760 )     (719,954 )     (29,660 )
Accretion and dividends on preferred stock
                (90 )
     
     
     
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,750 )
     
     
     
 
Loss per share
                       
 
Basic and diluted
  $ (5.05 )   $ (27.90 )   $ (1.65 )
Shares used in computing loss per share
                       
 
Basic and diluted
    36,774       25,807       18,015  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

                                                                     
Accumulated
Common Common Additional Other
Stock Stock at Paid-in Deferred Comprehensive Comprehensive Accumulated
Shares Par Value Capital Compensation Income (Loss) Income (Loss) Deficit Total








(In thousands, except share data)
Balance September 30, 2000
    17,588,911     $ 176     $ 433,249     $ (35 )           $ (2,942 )   $ (15,164 )   $ 415,284  
Shares issued under stock option and purchase plans
    470,239       5       9,080                                       9,085  
Common stock issued in acquisitions
    844,015       8       25,967                                       25,975  
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            30                               30  
Accretion and dividends on preferred stock
                                                    (90 )     (90 )
Income tax benefit from stock options
                    3,695                                       3,695  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
 
Net loss
                                  $ (29,660 )             (29,660 )     (29,660 )
 
Currency translation adjustments
                                    356       356               356  
                                     
                         
   
Comprehensive loss
                                  $ (29,304 )                        
                                     
                         
Elimination of Progressive Technologies net income for the three months ended December 31, 2000
                                                    (506 )     (506 )
     
     
     
     
             
     
     
 
Balance September 30, 2001
    18,903,165       189       471,991       (5 )             (2,586 )     (45,420 )     424,169  
Shares issued under stock option and purchase plans
    429,928       4       8,025                                       8,029  
Common stock issued in acquisitions
    16,866,240       169       537,561                                       537,730  
Stock options converted in acquisitions
                    77,149                                       77,149  
Deferred compensation
                            (15,209 )                             (15,209 )
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            1,793                               1,793  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
 
Net loss
                                  $ (719,954 )             (719,954 )     (719,954 )
 
Currency translation adjustments
                                    3,807       3,807               3,807  
 
Unrealized loss on investment in Shinsung
                                    (9,279 )     (9,279 )             (9,279 )
                                     
                         
   
Comprehensive loss
                                  $ (725,426 )                        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance September 30, 2002
    36,199,333       362       1,094,726       (13,421 )             (8,058 )     (765,374 )     308,235  
Shares issued under stock option and purchase plans
    545,172       6       6,128                                       6,134  
Common stock issued in acquisitions
    521,676       5       5,257                                       5,262  
Deferred compensation
                    (3,896 )     3,896                                
Amortization of deferred compensation
                            8,511                               8,511  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                               
 
Net loss
                                  $ (185,760 )             (185,760 )     (185,760 )
 
Currency translation adjustments
                                    10,625       10,625               10,625  
 
Unrealized gain on investment in Shinsung
                                    9,279       9,279               9,279  
                                     
                         
   
Comprehensive loss
                                  $ (165,856 )                        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance September 30, 2003
    37,266,181     $ 373     $ 1,102,215     $ (1,014 )           $ 11,846     $ (951,134 )   $ 162,286  
     
     
     
     
             
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                               
Year ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,660 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    30,972       37,402       45,041  
 
Impairment of assets
    46,012       479,253        
 
Compensation expense related to common stock options
    8,511       1,794       30  
 
Stock based compensation expense
    854              
 
Provision for losses on accounts receivable
    533       3,129       4,691  
 
Writedowns of excess and obsolete inventories
    5,953       8,297       15,426  
 
Impairment/loss on disposal of Shinsung
    14,568              
 
Deferred income taxes
          96,748       (14,050 )
 
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
    839       628       214  
 
Minority interests
    214       (274 )     (424 )
 
Loss on disposal of long-lived assets
    4,870       1,720       1,524  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired assets and liabilities:
                       
   
Accounts receivable
    19,658       40,112       3,734  
   
Inventories
    19,515       8,121       (4,897 )
   
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (2,035 )     3,876       (760 )
   
Accounts payable
    (3,960 )     (2,494 )     (5,514 )
   
Deferred revenue
    7,383       1,928       (3,743 )
   
Accrued warranty costs
    (6,813 )     7,249       1,020  
   
Accrued compensation and benefits
    (3,961 )     (4,336 )     (3,318 )
   
Accrued acquisition-related and restructuring costs
    (4,454 )     (4,469 )     4,723  
   
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    (1,229 )     (14,389 )     6,648  
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (48,330 )     (55,659 )     20,685  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchases of fixed assets
    (13,810 )     (23,660 )     (53,652 )
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
    400       (16,195 )     (33,142 )
Proceeds from sale of business line
    550              
Purchases of marketable securities
    (74,878 )     (74,559 )     (181,402 )
Sale/maturity of marketable securities
    121,729       123,599       114,956  
Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets
    8,420       57       224  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    1,182       968       (728 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    43,593       10,210       (153,744 )
     
     
     
 

50


Table of Contents

                             
Year ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



(In thousands)
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Net repayments of lines of credit and revolving credit facilities
                (350 )
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
                (16,000 )
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes, net of issuance costs
                169,543  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    153              
Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations
    (119 )     (587 )     (490 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
    6,134       8,029       9,106  
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by financing activities
    6,168       7,442       161,809  
     
     
     
 
Elimination of net cash activities on pooling of interest transactions
                (1,119 )
     
     
     
 
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (1,729 )     3,065       (1,028 )
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (298 )     (34,942 )     26,603  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    125,297       160,239       133,636  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 124,999     $ 125,297     $ 160,239  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 9,200     $ 8,560     $ 193  
Cash paid (received) during the year for income taxes, net of refunds
  $ 6,100     $ (5,339 )   $ 5,876  
Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing and investing activities
                       
Accretion and dividends on preferred stock
  $     $     $ 90  
Settlement of notes related to acquisitions in exchange for common stock
  $     $ 17,750     $  
  The Company utilized available funds, issued common stock and issued notes in connection with certain business combinations during the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001. The fair values of the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies are presented as follows:
 
Assets acquired
  $ 920     $ 217,537     $ 11,682  
 
Liabilities assumed
    (375 )     (98,227 )     (9,585 )
     
     
     
 
   
Net assets acquired
  $ 545     $ 119,310     $ 2,097  
     
     
     
 
 
The acquisitions were funded as follows:
                       
   
Cash consideration
  $ 500     $ 38,021     $ 33,274  
   
Common stock
    1,856       519,888       23,363  
   
Stock options converted
          77,149        
   
Notes issued to sellers
                16,906  
   
Transaction costs
    202       17,683       1,665  
   
Cash acquired
    (1,102 )     (39,509 )     (1,797 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,456     $ 613,232     $ 73,411  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

51


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     Nature of the Business

      Brooks Automation, Inc. (“Brooks” or the “Company”) is a leading supplier of automation products and solutions primarily serving the worldwide semiconductor market. Brooks supplies hardware, software and services to both chip manufacturers and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, who make manufacturing equipment for making semiconductor devices. Brooks has offerings ranging from hardware and software modules to fully integrated systems and system integration services to deploy its products on a world-wide basis. Although Brooks’ core business addresses the increasingly complex automation requirements of the global semiconductor industry, Brooks is also focused on providing automation solutions for a number of related industries, including flat panel display manufacturing, data storage and other complex manufacturing.

      The Company has recorded significant losses from operations and generated a significant accumulated deficit. Revenues and operations have decreased substantially and net cash outflows from operations have increased significantly as a result of the recent downturn within the semiconductor sector and related industries. Consequently, the Company has undertaken several restructuring programs during the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 (See Note 12) to align its cost structures and its revenues. The cyclical nature of the industry, the extended period of the current downturn and the continuing uncertainty as to the timing and speed of recovery mean that estimates of future revenues, results of operations and net cash flows are inherently difficult. At September 30, 2003 the Company had $198.6 million in cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, primarily a result of the proceeds raised from the May 2001 sale of $175.0 million of convertible notes due in 2008. The Company believes it has adequate existing resources to fund the Company’s current working capital requirements and capital expenditures, including development of new products and enhancements to existing products, for at least the next twelve months. The Company may be unable to obtain any required additional financing on terms favorable to it, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to fund its expansion, successfully develop or enhance products, respond to competitive pressure or take advantage of acquisition opportunities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 
Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

      On May 16, 2003, the Company sold 81% of the common stock of Brooks-PRI Automation (Switzerland) GmbH (“Brooks Switzerland”) for $0.5 million. Brooks Switzerland held the technology and assets associated with the former Tec-Sem A.G. (“Tec-Sem”) acquisition on October 9, 2001. The Company retained a 19% equity interest in Brooks Switzerland and retained ownership of certain technology associated with semiconductor lithography. The Company’s remaining investment is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2003 include the Company’s share of the results of Brooks Switzerland for the period subsequent to its disposition.

      On October 9, 2002, the Company acquired Microtool, Inc. (“Microtool”), a Colorado Springs, Colorado company that provides service diagnostics for the 200mm and 300mm equipment markets. This transaction was recorded using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“FAS 141”). Accordingly, the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2003, include the results of this acquired entity for the period subsequent to its acquisition.

      On July 3, 2002, the Company acquired Hermos Informatik GmbH (“Hermos”), from its parent, The Hermos Group. Hermos, located in Germany, is a provider of wafer carrier ID readers for the 300mm market.

52


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

On May 14, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of PRI Automation, Inc. (“PRI”). PRI, principally located in Billerica, Massachusetts and Mountain View, California, supplies advanced factory automation systems equipment, software and services that optimize the productivity of semiconductor and precision electronics manufacturers, as well as OEM process tool manufacturers. On February 15, 2002, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Intelligent Automation Systems, Inc. and IAS Products, Inc. (collectively, “IAS”), two privately held companies affiliated with each other, previously located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. IAS provides standard and custom automation technology and products for the semiconductor, photonics, life sciences and certain other industries. On December 15, 2001, the Company acquired Fab Air Control (“Fab Air”), a Massachusetts company that develops exhaust control and airflow management systems for the semiconductor industry. On December 13, 2001, the Company acquired the Automation Systems Group of Zygo Corporation (“Zygo”). Zygo, previously located in Florida, is a manufacturer of reticle automation systems, including reticle sorters, reticle macro inspection systems and reticle handling solutions for the semiconductor industry. On October 9, 2001, the Company acquired 90% of the capital stock of Tec-Sem A.G. (“Tec-Sem”), a Swiss company, and subsequently exercised an option to acquire the remaining 10% of Tec-Sem’s capital stock during March 2002. Tec-Sem is a manufacturer of bare reticle stockers, tool buffers and batch transfer systems for the semiconductor industry. As described above, Tec-Sem was subsequently sold in May 2003. On October 5, 2001, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of General Precision, Inc. (“GPI”). GPI, previously located in Valencia, California, is a supplier of high-end environmental solutions for the semiconductor industry. These transactions were recorded using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with FAS 141. Accordingly, the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2002, include the results of these acquired entities for the periods subsequent to their respective acquisitions.

      On July 12, 2001, the Company acquired Progressive Technologies, Inc. (“PTI”) in a transaction accounted for as a pooling of interests initiated prior to June 30, 2001. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations of PTI for all periods prior to the acquisition. PTI is engaged in the development, production and distribution of air-flow regulation systems for clean room and process equipment in the semiconductor industry.

      On June 26, 2001, the Company completed the purchase of KLA-Tencor, Inc.’s e-Diagnostics product business (“e-Diagnostics”). The e-Diagnostics products enable service and support teams to remotely access their tools in customer fabs in real-time to diagnose and resolve problems quickly and cost-effectively. On June 25, 2001, the Company acquired CCS Technology, Inc. (“CCST”), a supplier of 300mm automation test and certification software previously located in Williston, Vermont. On May 15, 2001, the Company acquired SimCon N.V. (“SimCon”), a value-added reseller for the Company’s simulation, scheduling, production analysis and dispatching software headquartered in Belgium. On February 16, 2001, the Company acquired SEMY Engineering, Inc. (“SEMY”), a provider of advanced process and equipment control systems for the semiconductor industry located in Phoenix, Arizona. On December 13, 2000, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of a scheduling and simulation software and service distributor in Japan. These transactions were recorded using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16, “Business Combinations” (“APB 16”). Accordingly, the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and of Cash Flows for the year ended September 30, 2001, include the results of these acquired entities for the periods subsequent to their respective acquisitions.

      In June 1999, the Company formed a joint venture in Korea. This joint venture is 70% owned by the Company and 30% owned by third parties unaffiliated with the Company. The Company consolidates fully the financial position and results of operations of the joint venture and accounts for the minority interest in the consolidated financial statements.

53


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Certain amounts in previously issued financial statements have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

 
Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates include revenues and costs under long-term contracts, collectibility of accounts receivable, obsolescence of inventory, cost of product warranties, recoverability of depreciable assets, intangibles and deferred tax assets and the adequacy of restructuring reserves. Although the Company regularly assesses these estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known.

 
Foreign Currency Translation

      For non-U.S. subsidiaries, assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates, and income statement items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. The local currency for all foreign subsidiaries is considered to be the functional currency and accordingly, translation adjustments are reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”. Foreign currency translation adjustments are one of the components added to the Company’s net loss in the calculation of comprehensive net income (loss).

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. At both September 30, 2003 and 2002, all cash equivalents are held at cost, which approximates fair value.

 
Marketable Securities

      The Company invests its excess cash in marketable debt securities and classifies them as available-for-sale. The Company records these securities at fair value in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“FAS 115”). For all periods presented, unrealized gains and losses are immaterial. Marketable securities reported as current assets represent investments that mature within one year. Long-term marketable securities represent investments with maturity dates greater than one year from the balance sheet date. At the time that the maturity dates of these investments become one year or less, the securities are reclassified to current assets. At September 30, 2003, the Company’s marketable securities were comprised entirely of corporate debt securities aggregating $73.6 million, with maturities to the Company ranging from 1 day and not exceeding thirty years. The weighted average maturity to the Company is approximately 2.7 years. At September 30, 2002, the Company’s marketable securities were comprised of U.S. Government securities aggregating $46.6 million and corporate debt securities aggregating $73.8 million, with maturities to the Company ranging from 1 day and not exceeding twenty-seven years. The weighted average maturity to the Company is approximately 3 years.

 
Concentration of Credit Risk

      Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of trade receivables and temporary and long-term cash investments in treasury bills, certificates of deposit and commercial paper. The Company restricts its investments to repurchase agreements with major banks, U.S. government and corporate securities, and mutual funds that invest in U.S. government securities, which are subject to minimal credit and market risk. The Company’s customers are concentrated in the

54


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

semiconductor industry, and relatively few customers account for a significant portion of the Company’s revenues. The Company’s top 20 customers account for approximately 50% of revenues. The Company regularly monitors the creditworthiness of its customers and believes that it has adequately provided for exposure to potential credit losses.

 
Inventories

      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined using the first-in, first-out method. The Company provides inventory reserves for excess, obsolete or damaged inventory based on changes in customer demand, technology and other economic factors.

      While the Company often uses sole source suppliers for certain key components and common assemblies to achieve quality control and the benefits of economies of scale, the Company believes that these parts and materials are readily available from other supply sources.

 
Fixed Assets

      Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method. Depreciable lives are summarized below:

     
Buildings
  20 – 40 years
Computer equipment and software
  2 – 6 years
Machinery and equipment
  2 – 10 years
Furniture and fixtures
  3 – 10 years

      Equipment held under capital leases is recorded at the fair market value of the equipment at the inception of the leases. Leasehold improvements and equipment held under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the respective leases. Equipment used for demonstrations to customers is included in machinery and equipment and is depreciated over its estimated useful life. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

      The Company periodically evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets, including its intangible assets, whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. When indicators of impairment are present, the carrying values of the asset are evaluated in relation to the operating performance and future undiscounted cash flows of the underlying business. The net book value of the underlying asset is adjusted to fair value if the sum of the expected discounted cash flows is less than book value. Fair values are based on estimates of market prices and assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates, reflecting varying degrees of perceived risk. In December 2002, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $6.1 million related to capitalized costs of an abandoned internal systems application infrastructure program.

      Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation, are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of net income (loss).

 
Intangible Assets and Goodwill

      Patents include capitalized direct costs associated with obtaining patents as well as assets that were acquired as a part of purchase business combinations. Capitalized patent costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of seven years or the estimated economic life of the patents. As of September 30, 2003 and 2002, the net book value of the Company’s patents was $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

55


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Costs incurred in the research and development of the Company’s products are expensed as incurred, except for certain software development costs. Software development costs are expensed prior to establishing technological feasibility and capitalized thereafter until the product is available for general release to customers. Capitalized software development costs are amortized to cost of sales on a product-by-product basis over the estimated lives of the related products, typically three years. The Company did not capitalize any such costs during fiscal 2003 or 2002.

      Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of the businesses the Company acquired and has accounted for under the purchase method in accordance with APB 16 and FAS 141.

      The amortizable lives of intangible assets, including those identified as a result of purchase accounting, are summarized as follows:

     
Patents
  3 – 5 years
Completed technology
  2 – 10 years
License agreements
  5 years
Trademarks and trade names
  3 – 5 years
Non-competition agreements
  3 – 5 years
Customer relationships
  4 – 7 years

      The Company elected to adopt the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“FAS 142”) effective October 1, 2001. Accordingly, the Company ceased the ratable amortization of goodwill on that date. The Company performs an annual impairment test of its goodwill as required under the provisions of FAS 142 unless interim indicators of impairment exist. During this annual impairment test in fiscal 2003, as the Company completed its annual budgeting process, the Company concluded that the goodwill related to its factory automation hardware segment was impaired due to estimated revenues and cash flows of its product offerings related to this segment. The Company recorded impairment charges of $40.0 million related to goodwill in accordance with the annual impairment test in the year ended September 30, 2003. The Company recorded impairment charges of $145.1 million and $334.2 million for intangible assets and goodwill, respectively, in the year ended September 30, 2002.

     Revenue Recognition

      Revenue from product sales and software licenses that do not involve significant customization is recorded upon transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer provided there is evidence of an arrangement, fees are fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured and customer acceptance criteria have been successfully demonstrated. Customer acceptance provisions include final testing and acceptance carried out prior to shipment. These pre-shipment testing and acceptance procedures ensure that the product meets the published specification requirements before the product is shipped. Shipping terms are customarily FOB shipping point. Costs incurred for shipping and handling are included in revenues and cost of sales. A provision for product warranty costs is recorded to estimate costs associated with warranty liabilities. When significant on site customer acceptance provisions are present in the arrangement, revenue is generally recognized upon completion of customer technical acceptance testing. In the event significant uncertainties remain, revenue is deferred and recognized when such obligations are fulfilled by the Company or the uncertainties are resolved.

      The Company enters into two types of significant multi-element arrangements: tailored software arrangements, described below, and software sales with post-contract support. Revenue for the undelivered

56


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

support on multi-element software sales with post-contract support is deferred based on vendor specific objective evidence of the value of the support.

      For tailored software contracts, the Company provides significant consulting services to tailor the software to the customer’s environment. If the Company is able to reasonably estimate the level of effort and related costs to complete the contract, the Company utilizes the percentage-of-completion method. Revisions in revenue and cost estimates are recorded in the periods in which the facts that require such revisions become known. If the ability of the Company to complete the tailored software is uncertain or if the Company cannot reasonably estimate the level of effort and related costs, completed contract accounting is applied. Losses, if any, are provided for in the period in which such losses are first identified by management. Generally, the terms of long-term contracts provide for progress billing based on completion of certain phases of work. For maintenance contracts, service revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance contract. Deferred revenue primarily relates to services and maintenance agreements and long term contracts accounted for using the completed contract method.

      In transactions that include multiple products and/or services, the Company allocates the sales value among each of the deliverables based on their relative fair values and recognizes such revenue when they are delivered.

     Warranty

      The Company offers warranties on the sales of certain of its products and records an accrual for estimated future claims. Such accruals are based upon historical experience and management’s estimate of the level of future claims.

     Stock-Based Compensation

      The Company’s employee stock compensation plans are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations. Under this method, no compensation expense is recognized as long as the exercise price equals or exceeds the market price of the underlying stock on the date of the grant. The Company elected the disclosure-only alternative permitted under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”) for fixed stock-based awards to employees. All non-employee stock-based awards are accounted for at fair value and recorded as compensation expense over the period of service in accordance with FAS 123 and related interpretations.

      The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of FAS 148, an amendment of FAS 123. The following pro forma information regarding net loss has been calculated as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options and stock purchase plan under the fair value method under FAS 123. The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant; the fair value of each employee stock purchase was estimated on the commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

                         
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Risk-free interest rate
    2.2% - 2.7%       2.2% - 4.9%       3.2% - 5.95%  
Volatility
    82%       84%       100%  
Expected life (years) — options
    4.0       4.0       4.0  
Dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%  

57


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options’ vesting period. The Company’s pro forma information follows (in thousands, except per share information):

                         
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Net loss, as reported
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,750 )
Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss, net of related taxes
    8,511       13,416       25  
Deduct pro forma stock-based compensation expense, net of related taxes
    23,827       54,046       17,248  
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net loss
  $ (201,076 )   $ (760,584 )   $ (46,973 )
     
     
     
 
Loss per share
                       
Basic and diluted, as reported
  $ (5.05 )   $ (27.90 )   $ (1.65 )
Basic and diluted, pro forma
  $ (5.47 )   $ (29.47 )   $ (2.61 )

      Because most options vest over several years and additional option grants are expected to be made subsequent to September 30, 2003, the results of applying the fair value method may have a materially different effect on pro forma net loss in future years.

     Income Taxes

      The Company records income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company’s consolidated financial statements contain certain deferred tax assets which have arisen primarily as a result of operating losses, as well as other temporary differences between financial and tax accounting. The Company is required to establish a valuation allowance if the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets is reduced based on an evaluation of objective verifiable evidence. Significant management judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against those deferred tax assets. The Company evaluates the weight of all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. As a result of recognizing a $627.4 million loss before taxes and minority interests during the year ended September 30, 2002, and the continuing uncertainty in the semiconductor sector, management determined that it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets will not be realized and, accordingly, recorded a valuation allowance of $219.5 million against the net deferred tax assets. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable is subject to change based on future events, including generating taxable income in future periods. The Company will continue to assess the need for the valuation allowance at each balance sheet date based on all available evidence. As a result of recognizing $185.8 million in losses for the year ended September 30, 2003, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized and has continued to record a full valuation allowance against those assets. If the Company generates future taxable income against which these tax attributes may be applied, some portion or all of the valuation allowance would be reversed and a corresponding increase in net income would be reported in future periods.

     Loss Per Share

      Basic loss per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted loss per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of common

58


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

shares and dilutive common equivalent shares assumed outstanding during the period. Shares used to compute diluted loss per share exclude common share equivalents if their inclusion would have an anti-dilutive effect.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, investments in long- and short-term debt securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and long and short-term debt. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets approximate their fair value at both September 30, 2003 and 2002.

     Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In November 2002, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force released Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” (“EITF 00-21”). EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which it will perform multiple revenue-generating activities. EITF 00-21 establishes three principles: (a) revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting; (b) arrangement consideration should be allocated among the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values; and (c) revenue recognition criteria should be considered separately for separate units of accounting. EITF 00-21 is effective for all arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of EITF 00-21 has not had any significant impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB 51” (“FIN 46”). The primary objectives of FIN 46 are to provide guidance on the identification of entities for which control is achieved through means other than through voting rights (“variable interest entities” or “VIEs”) and how to determine when and which business enterprise should consolidate the VIE. This new model for consolidation applies to an entity which either: (a) the equity investors (if any) do not have a controlling financial interest; or (b) the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance that entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from other parties. In addition, FIN 46 requires that both the primary beneficiary and all other enterprises with a significant variable interest in a VIE make additional disclosures. In October 2003, the FASB deferred the effective date for applying the provisions of FIN 46 to interests held in certain variable interest entities or potential variable interest entities until the end of the first interim or annual period ending after December 15, 2003 if the VIE or potential VIE was created before February 1, 2003 and the entity has not issued financial statements reporting that VIE in accordance with FIN 46, other than in certain disclosures required. The Company does not expect the adoption of FIN 46 to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, “Accounting For Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (“FAS 150”), which establishes standards for how an issuer of financial instruments classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) if, at inception, the monetary value of the obligation is based solely or predominantly on a fixed monetary amount known at inception, variations in something other than the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares or variations inversely related to changes in the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares. In November 2003, the FASB deferred the classification and measurement provisions for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests for an indefinite period of time. The instruments covered by this deferral would be redeemable only upon the liquidation or termination of the finite-lived subsidiary and would apply to both existing and future arrangements. For all other mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests (those that are a liability under FAS 150 to the subsidiary and also a liability when consolidated by the parent), only the measurement provisions relating to forward contracts are deferred for an indefinite period, if the security was created on or

59


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

before November 5, 2003. For SEC registrants, the disclosure provisions of FAS 150 are expected to apply without any deferral. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of FAS 150 on our financial position and results of operations.

 
3. Business Acquisitions and Dispositions

Pooling of Interests Transactions

     PTI

      On July 12, 2001, Brooks acquired PTI in a transaction accounted for as a pooling of interests initiated prior to June 30, 2001 in exchange for 715,004 shares of the Company’s common stock. PTI is engaged in the development, production and distribution of air-flow regulation systems for clean room and process equipment in the semiconductor industry.

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been restated to include the financial position and results of operations for PTI for all periods prior to the acquisition. As a result of conforming dissimilar year-ends, PTI’s results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 2000, were included in both of the Company’s fiscal years 2001 and 2000. Accordingly, an amount equal to PTI’s net income for the three months ended December 31, 2000, was eliminated from consolidated accumulated deficit for the year ended September 30, 2001. PTI’s revenues, net income and net income attributable to common stockholders for that quarter were $3.8 million, $536,000 and $506,000, respectively.

      The results of operations previously reported by the separate companies prior to their respective acquisitions and the combined amounts presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations are as follows (in thousands):

           
(Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
June 30,
2001

Revenues
       
 
Brooks Automation, Inc.
  $ 310,085  
 
Progressive Technologies, Inc.
    10,107  
     
 
    $ 320,192  
     
 
Net income
       
 
Brooks Automation, Inc.
  $ 2,580  
 
Progressive Technologies, Inc.
    861  
     
 
    $ 3,441  
     
 

Purchase Transactions

      The following transactions were accounted for as purchase transactions under FAS 141. Common stock issued as consideration for these transactions, with the exception of PRI, was valued at the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for two days before and the day of the respective acquisition, which coincided with the announcement date of these acquisitions. Common stock issued as consideration for PRI was valued at the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for two days before, the day of and two days after the announcement of the merger. The value of any additional shares issued was recorded at the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for two days before and the day of the issuance. The fair values of identifiable intangible assets were based on estimates of future revenues and earnings to determine a discounted cash flow valuation of identifiable intangible assets that meet the separate recognition

60


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

criteria of FAS 141. The excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired is allocated to identifiable intangible assets and amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method, and the remainder is recorded as goodwill. Except for PRI, GPI and SEMY, pro forma results of operations are not presented as the amounts are not material compared to the Company’s historical results.

     Microtool, Inc.

      On October 9, 2002, the Company acquired Microtool, Inc. (“Microtool”), a Colorado Springs, Colorado company that provides service diagnostics for the 200mm and 300mm equipment markets. The acquisition of Microtool provides the Company with additional software and services offerings. In consideration, the Company paid $0.5 million cash and issued 170,001 shares of its common stock with a value of $1.7 million, or $9.74 per share. The Company had reserved an additional 19,999 shares to be issued conditionally upon adjustments for finalization of the net tangible assets acquired from the selling stockholders; these shares, valued at $0.2 million, or $9.99 per share, were issued on February 6, 2003. See the table below for a summary of the transaction.

     Hermos

      On July 3, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Hermos, a privately-held company located in Mistelgau, Germany. Hermos provides wafer carrier ID readers used in the manufacture of semiconductors. In consideration, the Company paid the Hermos stockholders $5.1 million in cash and issued 1,274,989 shares of Brooks’ common stock with a value of $29.7 million, or $23.31 per share. During fiscal year 2003, the Company received $0.5 million in cash and issued an additional 249,192 shares with a value of $1.9 million as a result of the finalization of the purchase price. See the table below for a summary of the transaction.

     PRI

      On May 14, 2002, the Company completed the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of PRI Automation, Inc. (“PRI”). PRI, located principally in Billerica, Massachusetts and Mountain View, California, supplies advanced factory automation systems, software and services that optimize the productivity of semiconductor and precision electronics manufacturers, as well as OEM process tool manufacturers. The acquisition of PRI by Brooks provided the Company with entry into the automated material handling systems (“AMHS”) and lithography automation markets by serving semiconductor manufacturers while also significantly expanding its atmospheric product offerings serving the OEM business. Stockholders of PRI received 0.52 shares of Brooks’ common stock for each share of PRI common stock held. The Company issued 13,563,207 shares of Brooks common stock to PRI stockholders in the merger. During fiscal year 2003, the Company issued an additional 33,232 shares of Brooks common stock valued at $0.4 million for PRI Canadian exchangeable shares. The Company also reserved an additional 3,317,168 common shares for issuance upon the exercise of options to purchase PRI common stock, which were assumed by Brooks and converted into options to purchase Brooks common stock, using the same ratio as that used for the common shares. The merger was structured as a tax-free reorganization.

      The $308.7 million of goodwill arising from the acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes. Of this amount, $179.9 million was allocated to the Company’s equipment automation segment, $110.3 million to the Company’s factory automation hardware segment and $18.5 million to the Company’s factory automation software segment.

      The fair value of the Company’s common stock per share was calculated as $33.60 per share, on October 24, 2001, the date of the announcement of the merger. The Company has calculated the fair value of the options exchanged to be $76.1 million as of the acquisition date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The intrinsic value of the unvested options exchanged in the acquisition was estimated at $14.7 million

61


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and was recorded as deferred compensation. The deferred compensation is being recognized over the remaining vesting periods of the options, which range up to five years. The Company also accounted for $14.3 million of transaction fees, including $6.2 million of legal and accounting fees and $7.2 million of investment banking fees.

      The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at May 14, 2002, the date of acquisition (in thousands):

         
Cash
  $ 39,271  
Other current assets
    63,852  
Property, plant and equipment
    9,037  
Other assets
    23,154  
Deferred tax assets, net
    56,537  
Current liabilities
    (72,029 )
Long-term liabilities
    (9,987 )
     
 
Net assets acquired
  $ 109,835  
     
 

      The acquisition gave rise to the consolidation and elimination of certain PRI duplicate facilities and redundant PRI personnel and the Company provided certain balance sheet adjustments in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination.” The Company anticipated headcount reductions of approximately 325 people across all functional areas of the combined company and, as such, included an estimated accrual for workforce reductions of $13.5 million comprised of severance, employee benefits and outplacement support. The former chief executive officer of PRI entered into a non-competition agreement with the Company, which became effective upon completion of the combination and which required a total payment of $1.1 million over a two-year period. The Company identified redundant facilities consisting of sales and support offices, manufacturing facilities and administrative offices. As such, an accrual of $11.1 million was recorded in connection with the acquisition representing rental commitments on facilities with lease terms to 2011. During fiscal 2003 the Company reassessed the estimates and assumptions related to the facilities accrual and based on management’s evaluation recorded an additional charge of $10.1 million related to these facilities.

      The Company has also accrued for $1.2 million of amounts to be incurred subsequent to the acquisition related to legal costs to close legal subsidiaries of PRI. The Company believes the above actions are an integral component of the acquisition plan to enable the benefits of the combined companies to be optimized and the benefits of the acquisition to be realized. The Company has completed the majority of restructuring efforts as of September 30, 2003. Lease payments for restructured facilities due after more than one year are classified as long-term liabilities. The Company also decreased the recorded value of acquired leasehold improvements by $5.1 million for leasehold improvements related to PRI facilities which are being abandoned.

      The Company recorded adjustments for a deferred tax asset of $101.8 million relating to the taxable losses and other timing differences of PRI acquired based on the then expected synergies and benefits, less $45.3 million of deferred tax liabilities related to the identifiable intangible assets to be acquired, for a net deferred tax asset acquired of $56.5 million. Additionally, the Company recorded adjustments to amounts previously recorded by PRI to eliminate $38.9 million of deferred revenue, $38.8 million of associated deferred inventory costs and $5.2 million of associated deferred installation costs related to contracts where effort was substantially completed prior to the acquisition date but revenue was deferred by PRI until acceptance by the customer. The Company recorded an accrual for estimated warranty expense of $1.2 million for contracts for which deferred revenue has been eliminated but for which there remains a continuing warranty obligation subsequent to the acquisition. The Company recorded accounts receivable of $9.8 million for amounts due

62


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

from customers under contracts for which Brooks will not recognize revenue subsequent to the acquisition date.

      The Company also eliminated $1.6 million of intangible assets and $1.4 million of goodwill previously recognized as assets by PRI and $1.8 million of restructuring reserves related to facilities based on PRI estimates which the Company has re-evaluated and recorded a separate accrual. See the table below for a summary of the transaction.

     IAS

      On February 15, 2002, the Company acquired IAS, two privately held affiliated companies located in Cambridge, Massachusetts. IAS provides custom automation technology and products for the semiconductor, photonics, life sciences and certain other industries. As consideration, the Company paid IAS and its stockholders (the “Sellers”) $5.4 million of cash and issued or reserved for issuance 209,573 shares of Brooks common stock with a value of $9.9 million at the time of closing and converted existing IAS stock options into Brooks stock options, using the same ratio as that used for the common shares. The fair value of the common stock was calculated as $47.91 per share. Of these shares, 68,973 shares were issued in fiscal 2002 and 140,600 were reserved for issuance to the sellers over a period of three years in accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement, subject to adjustment for any indemnification claims that may arise within two years of the acquisition date. The 140,600 shares are issuable contingent upon employment obligations to be fulfilled by certain key IAS employees ratably over the three year period subsequent to the acquisition. During fiscal year 2003, the Company received $0.3 million in cash related to the finalization of the purchase price. In addition, the Company issued 34,433 shares of the contingent shares in accordance with the terms of the acquisition agreement. As such, the Company recorded compensation expense of $0.9 million in its Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2003.

      The Company has calculated the fair value of the options exchanged in this transaction to be $1.0 million as of the acquisition date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The intrinsic value of the unvested options exchanged in the acquisition is $0.5 million and was recorded as deferred compensation. The deferred compensation is being recognized over the remaining vesting periods of the options, which range up to four years. See the table below for a summary of the transaction.

     Fab Air

      On December 15, 2001, the Company acquired Fab Air, a Massachusetts company that develops exhaust control and airflow management systems for the semiconductor industry. As consideration, the Company paid $1.2 million of cash and incurred $0.3 million of transaction costs.

 
Zygo Group

      On December 13, 2001, the Company acquired the Zygo Group, located in Florida. The Zygo Group is a manufacturer of reticle automation systems, including reticle sorters, reticle macro inspection systems, and reticle handling solutions for the semiconductor industry. As consideration, the Company paid $12.2 million of cash. During fiscal year 2003, the Company received $0.3 million in cash as a result of finalization of the purchase price. See the table below for a summary of the transaction.

 
Tec-Sem

      On October 9, 2001, the Company acquired 90% of the outstanding capital stock of Tec-Sem, a leading manufacturer of bare reticle stockers, tool buffers and batch transfer systems for the semiconductor industry. During March 2002, the Company exercised its option to purchase the remaining 10% of the outstanding capital stock. As consideration, the Company paid $13.8 million of cash, net of cash acquired of $223,000, and

63


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

issued 180,000 shares of Brooks common stock with a market value of $5.7 million at the time of issuance. The shares issued included 25,000 shares of fully issued common stock with a market value of $0.7 million at the time of issuance, to certain key non-owner employees of Tec-Sem, which were accounted for as additional purchase price, since the issuance of the shares was not related to any continuing employee obligations to the Company. See the table below for a summary of the transaction.

      On May 16, 2003, the Company sold 81% of the common stock of Brooks-PRI Automation (Switzerland) GmbH (“Brooks Switzerland”) for $0.5 million. The Company recorded a loss of $3.2 million which is recorded in “Acquisition related and restructuring charges” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2003. Brooks Switzerland held the technology and assets associated with the Tec-Sem A.G. (“Tec-Sem”) acquisition. The Company retained a 19% equity interest in Brooks Switzerland and retained ownership of certain technology associated with semiconductor lithography. The Company’s remaining investment is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company included its portion of the results of Brooks Switzerland in its results for the year ended September 30, 2003 for the period subsequent to its disposition. A summary of the transaction is as follows (in thousands):

         
Cash consideration, net
  $ 550  
Net assets disposed
    (901 )
Cumulative translation adjustment
    (2,826 )
     
 
Loss on disposition
  $ (3,177 )
     
 
 
GPI

      On October 5, 2001, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of GPI in exchange for 825,000 shares of Brooks common stock, with a market value of $25.5 million at the time of issuance, subject to post-closing adjustments, and $0.2 million of cash. In accordance with the procedures defined in the terms of the acquisition agreement, the Company and the selling stockholders completed the post-closing adjustments and analysis related to the net assets of GPI at a point in time prior to the closing compared with the net assets at closing. As a result, on November 19, 2002, the Company issued 15,869 shares of Brooks’ common stock with a market value of $0.2 million to the selling stockholders in full settlement of this process. Additionally, the Company made indemnification claims against shares held in escrow in accordance with the acquisition agreement. To that effect, the Company released 56,200 of the shares held in escrow to the selling stockholders. The remaining 28,800 shares are being held pending final resolution of the indemnification claims. GPI, previously located in Valencia, California, is a supplier of high-end environmental solutions for the semiconductor industry. See the table below for a summary of the transaction.

      A summary of the transactions described above is as follows (in thousands):

                                                             
Microtool Hermos(1) PRI IAS Zygo Tec-Sem(2) GPI







Consideration:
                                                       
 
Cash
  $ 500     $ 4,561     $     $ 5,177     $ 11,839     $ 13,777     $ 177  
 
Common stock
    1,856       31,643       456,122       3,304             5,720       25,649  
 
Fair value of employee stock options converted
                76,114       1,035                    
 
Transactions costs
    202       339       14,273       1,012       257       513       829  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total consideration
    2,558       36,543       546,509       10,528       12,096       20,010       26,655  

64


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                                             
Microtool Hermos(1) PRI IAS Zygo Tec-Sem(2) GPI







Fair value of net tangible asset (liabilities) acquired
    545       617       109,835       (2,109 )     3,624       1,499       5,844  
Deferred compensation
                14,677       532                    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Excess of consideration over fair value of net assets acquired
    2,013       35,926       421,997       12,105       8,472       18,511       20,811  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Allocation of excess consideration to identifiable intangible assets:
                                                       
 
Completed technology
          4,600       80,800       5,520       2,100       7,200       9,300  
 
Customer relationships
                28,500                          
 
Trademarks and trade names
                3,900             100             600  
 
Non-competition agreements
                60                         200  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total
          4,600       113,260       5,520       2,200       7,200       10,100  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Allocation of excess consideration to goodwill
  $ 2,013     $ 31,326     $ 308,737     $ 6,585     $ 6,272     $ 11,311     $ 10,711  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Notes:

(1)  Hermos: Cash consideration of $4,561 is net of cash acquired of $15
 
(2)  Tec-Sem: Cash consideration of $13,777 is net of cash acquired of $223

 
Pro forma results of operations

      The following pro forma results of operations for the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2001, have been prepared as though the acquisitions of PRI, GPI and SEMY had occurred as of October 1, 2000 and 2001. This pro forma financial information does not purport to be indicative of the results of operations that would have been attained had the acquisitions been made as of October 1, 2000 and 2001 or of results of operations that may occur in the future (in thousands, except per share data):

                 
Year Ended September 30,

2002 2001


Revenues
  $ 419,795     $ 673,682  
Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ (762,833 )   $ (114,096 )
Net loss
  $ (762,833 )   $ (119,794 )
Loss per share (diluted)
  $ (22.25 )   $ (3.69 )

4.     Goodwill and Intangible Assets

      The Company elected to adopt the provisions of FAS 142 effective October 1, 2001. Accordingly, the Company ceased the ratable amortization of goodwill on that date.

      The Company is required to perform an annual impairment test of its goodwill under the provisions of FAS 142. The Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its recorded book value. An excess of book value over fair value indicates that an impairment of goodwill exists. The fair value of goodwill is determined on an implied residual basis by deducting the fair value of all assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including non-acquired intangible assets not recorded, from the total fair value of the reporting unit. Impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the recorded value of goodwill over the implied residual value. Impairment testing is based on discounted cash flow analyses of expectations of future earnings for each of the reporting units over the remaining estimated lives of the primary assets of the reporting unit. During this annual impairment test in fiscal 2003, as the Company completed its annual budgeting process, the Company

65


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

concluded that the goodwill related to its factory automation hardware segment was impaired due to estimated revenues and cash flows of its product offerings related to this segment. The write-down of goodwill of $40.0 million is included within “Amortization of acquired intangible assets and asset impairment charges” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2003.

      In fiscal 2002, primarily as a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and uncertainty as to the timing and speed of recovery for the sector, the Company concluded in performing its annual impairment test that goodwill related to its equipment automation, factory automation hardware and factory automation software segments was impaired. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge to operations of $334.2 million for the write-down of goodwill. The write-down of goodwill is included within “Amortization of acquired intangible assets and asset impairment charges” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2002.

      The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the years ended September 30, 2002 and 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

                                               
Factory Factory
Equipment Automation Automation
Automation Hardware Software Other Total





Balance at September 30, 2001
  $ 6,538     $ 450     $ 53,140     $     $ 60,128  
 
Adjustments to goodwill:
                                       
   
Reclassify assembled workforces to goodwill in accordance with FAS 141
    450             6,125             6,575  
   
Acquisitions
    190,258       157,898       18,499       6,838       373,493  
   
Purchase accounting adjustments on prior period acquisitions
    1,803       (20 )     (5,017 )           (3,234 )
   
Impairment
    (174,095 )     (123,808 )     (36,281 )           (334,184 )
   
Foreign currency translation
    10       1,134       234             1,378  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at September 30, 2002
    24,964       35,654       36,700       6,838       104,156  
 
Adjustments to goodwill:
                                       
   
Acquisitions
          2,013                   2,013  
   
Purchase accounting adjustments on prior period acquisitions
    445       850       25       (253 )     1,067  
   
Impairment
          (39,951 )                 (39,951 )
     
Foreign currency translation
    10       1,434       229             1,673  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at September 30, 2003
  $ 25,419     $     $ 36,954     $ 6,585     $ 68,958  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Purchase accounting adjustments of $1.1 million represent adjustments resulting from the finalization of purchase prices for various historical acquisitions (Note 3).

      The information below gives effect to the adoption of FAS 142 as if its provisions had been adopted as of October 1, 2000. The results for the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 are presented for comparative

66


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

purposes only, as the effect of the adoption of FAS 142 is reflected in the Company’s actual results of operations for that period (in thousands, except per share data):

                             
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,750 )
 
Goodwill and assembled workforces amortization
                23,762  
     
     
     
 
   
Adjusted net loss
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (5,988 )
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted loss per share
                       
 
Reported loss per share
  $ (5.05 )   $ (27.90 )   $ (1.65 )
 
Goodwill and assembled workforces amortization
                1.32  
     
     
     
 
   
Adjusted basic and diluted loss per share
  $ (5.05 )   $ (27.90 )   $ (0.33 )
     
     
     
 

      Components of the Company’s identifiable intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

                                 
September 30, 2003 September 30, 2002


Accumulated Accumulated
Cost amortization Cost amortization




Patents
  $ 7,179     $ 6,743     $ 6,793     $ 6,653  
Completed technology
    30,385       24,214       29,913       20,910  
License agreements
    305       305       305       305  
Trademarks and trade names
    2,532       1,949       2,532       1,628  
Non-competition agreements
    1,726       1,545       1,726       1,219  
Customer relationships
    6,517       3,296       6,517       2,423  
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 48,644     $ 38,052     $ 47,786     $ 33,138  
     
     
     
     
 

      During fiscal 2003, the Company did not acquire any identifiable intangible assets in connection with completed acquisitions. During fiscal 2002, the Company acquired identifiable intangible assets with an aggregate fair value $518.0 million in connection with completed acquisitions.

      Ratable amortization expense for intangible assets was $4.6 million, $20.8 million and $31.6 million for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      The impairment of the Company’s goodwill in the year ended September 30, 2003 indicated that an impairment of long-lived assets may exist and the Company therefore performed an assessment of impairment on those assets. The Company performs an assessment of the carrying values of its intangible assets as proscribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“FAS 144”) if indicators of impairment exist. The impairment testing is based on undiscounted cash flows to determine if an impairment existed. Any resulting impairments are measured utilizing discounted cash flow analyses of expectations of future earnings related to existing long-lived assets for each of the reporting units over the remaining estimated useful lives of the primary assets of the reporting unit. This assessment resulted in no impairment of intangible assets in the Company’s segments for the year ended September 30, 2003.

      In fiscal 2002, the Company performed an assessment under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of” (“FAS 121”) due to the large impairment of the Company’s goodwill. The assessment resulted in the impairment of intangible assets in each of the Company’s segments. Accordingly, the Company recorded a charge to operations of $145.1 million for the write-down of intangible assets. This

67


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

charge is included within “Amortization of acquired intangible assets and asset impairment charges” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2002.

      The components of the impairment of intangible assets recorded for the year ended September 30, 2002 is as follows (in thousands):

                                           
Factory Factory
Equipment Automation Automation
Automation Hardware Software Other Total





Patents
  $ 2,082     $ 553     $ 142     $     $ 2,777  
Completed technology
    84,331       15,033       9,172       4,888       113,424  
License agreements
          373                   373  
Trademarks and trade names
    546       3,072       922             4,540  
Non-competition agreements
    150             517             667  
Customer relationships
          19,118       4,170             23,288  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total impairment of intangible assets
  $ 87,109     $ 38,149     $ 14,923     $ 4,888     $ 145,069  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Estimated future amortization expense for the intangible assets recorded by the Company as of September 30, 2003 is as follows (in thousands):

           
Year ended September 30,
2004
  $ 3,662  
 
2005
  $ 3,100  
 
2006
  $ 1,798  
 
2007
  $ 770  
 
2008
  $ 659  
 
Thereafter
  $ 602  

5.     Loss Per Share

      Below is a reconciliation of loss per share and weighted average common shares outstanding for purposes of calculating basic and diluted loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

                           
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Basic and diluted loss per share:
                       
 
Net loss
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,660 )
 
Accretion and dividends on preferred stock
                (90 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (185,760 )   $ (719,954 )   $ (29,750 )
     
     
     
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    36,774       25,807       18,015  
     
     
     
 
 
Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders
  $ (5.05 )   $ (27.90 )   $ (1.65 )
     
     
     
 

      Options to purchase common stock and assumed conversions totaling approximately 9,030,000, 8,276,000 and 3,921,000 shares of common stock were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, as their effect would be anti-dilutive. These options and conversions could, however, become dilutive in future periods.

68


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

6.     Investment in Shinsung

      As a result of the acquisition of PRI, the Company acquired PRI’s minority investment in Shinsung Engineering Co., Ltd. (“Shinsung”), a South Korean manufacturer of semiconductor clean room equipment and other industrial systems. PRI made a minority investment in Shinsung of $11.5 million in exchange for 3,109,091 shares of Shinsung common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 3,866,900 common shares. At the time of the Company’s acquisition of PRI on May 14, 2002, the fair market values of the Shinsung common shares and warrants were $10.7 million and $12.0 million, respectively. The fair value of the Shinsung warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Company was restricted from selling or transferring the stock upon exercise of the warrants for a period of 33 days after the date of exercise and the warrants could not be transferred or sold to any third party. As such, the warrants were not readily convertible into cash and therefore fell within the scope of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”. At September 30, 2002, the Company reported an unrealized loss of $9.2 million resulting from the change in the fair market values of the common shares and warrants as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. At September 30, 2002, the fair market values of the Shinsung common shares and warrants were $6.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively, and were reported in “Other assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2002.

      In December 2002, the Company received an offer from Shinsung, and on January 27, 2003, concluded the sale to Shinsung of the warrants for $0.5 million. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $11.6 million. In March 2003, the Company sold the Shinsung common shares for $7.7 million, net of transaction costs, incurring a $3.0 million net loss on the sale of the common shares. Both the impairment charge and the net loss on the sale of the common shares have been included in “Other (income) expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2003.

7.     Income Taxes

      The components of the income tax provision (benefit) are as follows (in thousands):

                           
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $     $     $  
 
State
    6       6       343  
 
Foreign
    4,900       4,769       7,268  
     
     
     
 
      4,906       4,775       7,611  
     
     
     
 
Deferred:
                       
 
Federal
          69,782       (11,916 )
 
State
          9,393       (2,134 )
 
Foreign
          8,866        
     
     
     
 
            88,041       (14,050 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 4,906     $ 92,816     $ (6,439 )
     
     
     
 

69


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The components of loss before income taxes, and minority interests, are as follows (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Domestic
  $ (147,958 )   $ (580,359 )   $ (47,342 )
Foreign
    (32,682 )     (47,053 )     10,819  
     
     
     
 
    $ (180,640 )   $ (627,412 )   $ (36,523 )
     
     
     
 

      The significant components of the net deferred tax asset are as follows (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Reserves not currently deductible
  $ 48,105     $ 63,276     $ 35,770  
Federal and state tax credits
    25,812       25,719       11,721  
Capitalized research and development
    573       901       1,340  
Depreciation and amortization
    43,120       44,043        
Net operating loss carryforwards
    164,066       98,447       5,314  
Other
                 
     
     
     
 
Deferred tax asset
    281,676       232,386       54,145  
     
     
     
 
Depreciation and amortization
                5,780  
Other
    4,053       3,302       1,189  
     
     
     
 
Deferred tax liability
    4,053       3,302       6,969  
     
     
     
 
Valuation allowance
    277,623       229,084       8,257  
     
     
     
 
Net deferred tax asset
  $     $     $ 38,919  
     
     
     
 

      The differences between the income tax provision (benefit) and income taxes computed using the applicable U.S. statutory federal tax rate are as follows (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Income tax benefit computed at federal statutory rate
  $ (63,224 )   $ (219,594 )   $ (12,783 )
State income taxes, net of federal benefit
    (3,250 )     (12,478 )     (1,164 )
Research and development tax credits
    (1,007 )     (1,004 )     (1,700 )
Foreign sales corporation tax benefit
          (833 )     (205 )
Foreign income taxed at different rates
    4,778       16,381       1,910  
Nondeductible transaction expenses
                1,004  
Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    48,539       219,553       2,708  
Permanent differences
    1,538       777       86  
Nondeductible amortization of goodwill
    10,337       93,197       5,057  
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
                (2,708 )
Withholding taxes
    3,099       1,604       1,207  
Other
    4,096       (4,787 )     149  
     
     
     
 
    $ 4,906     $ 92,816     $ (6,439 )
     
     
     
 

70


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes applicable to undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries since these earnings are indefinitely reinvested.

      During the fiscal year 2003 the Company recorded a change in its valuation allowance of $48.5 million against all of its United States and foreign net deferred tax assets. FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes,” requires a valuation allowance to be recorded against deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has incurred significant operating losses in the United States in the three years ended September 30, 2003 and as a result management has determined that it is more likely than not that all of its United States deferred tax assets will not be realized. If the Company generates sustained future taxable income against which these tax attributes may be applied, some portion or all of the valuation allowance would be reversed and a corresponding increase in net income would be reported in future periods.

      The valuation allowance also applies to state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards that may not be fully utilized by the Company. The increase in the valuation allowance relates primarily to the charge described above against the Company’s United States net deferred tax assets.

      As of September 30, 2003, the Company had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $673.8 million and federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $25.8 million and foreign tax credit carryforwards of approximately $4.1 million available to reduce future tax liabilities, which expire at various dates through 2023.

8.     Financing Arrangements

      On May 23, 2001, the Company completed the private placement of $175.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due in 2008. The Company received net proceeds of $169.5 million from the sale. Interest on the notes is paid on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The Company made its first interest payment on December 1, 2001. The notes will mature on June 1, 2008. The Company may redeem the notes at stated premiums on or after June 6, 2004, or earlier if the price of the Company’s common stock reaches certain prices. Holders may require the Company to repurchase the notes upon a change in control of the Company in certain circumstances. The notes are convertible at any time prior to maturity, at the option of the holders, into shares of the Company’s common stock, at a conversion price of $70.23 per share, subject to certain adjustments. The notes are subordinated to the Company’s senior indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.

      At September 30, 2003, the Company had $0.8 million of an uncommitted demand promissory note facility still in use, all of it for letters of credit.

      In connection with the fiscal 2001 acquisition of the e-Diagnostics product line business, the Company issued a $17.0 million one-year note payable to the selling stockholders. The note was payable in cash or common stock, or any combination thereof, at the Company’s discretion. The Company discounted the note payable using an imputed interest rate of 4.75%, to $16.2 million, for accounting purposes, and amortized the resulting discount to interest expense through the note’s maturity date of June 25, 2002. The note was settled on July 26, 2002 by the issuance of 935,896 shares of the Company’s common stock to the selling stockholders, based on the closing price of the stock at that date. No cash was paid to the selling stockholders in settlement of this note.

      In connection with the fiscal 2001 acquisition of SimCon, the Company issued a note payable to the selling stockholders for $750,000, payable in one year. The note became due on May 14, 2002 and was payable in common stock. The Company discounted the note payable using an imputed interest rate of 4.75%, to

71


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$714,375, for accounting purposes and amortized the resulting discount to interest expense through the note’s maturity date. The note was settled on May 14, 2002 by the issuance of 21,645 shares of the Company’s common stock to the selling stockholders, based on the closing price of the stock at that date.

      At September 30, 2001, the Company had working capital loans of $0.3 million outstanding, maturing through April 2002. In November 1998, Smart Machines entered into a loan and security agreement with a leasing company. The agreement allowed for working capital borrowings of up to $2.0 million and equipment loans of up to $0.5 million. The ability to borrow against this facility expired on December 31, 1999. The loans were payable in monthly installments of principal and interest, with a 10.0% principal payback due at the time of the final payment. Annual principal payments due under these notes were $0.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2002; the loans were paid in full as of April 2002. All borrowings were collateralized by Smart Machines’ assets.

      Debt consists of the following (in thousands):

                 
September 30,

2003 2002


Convertible subordinated notes at 4.75%, due on June 1, 2008
  $ 175,000     $ 175,000  
Other
    123       185  
     
     
 
      175,123       175,185  
Less current portion
    98       8  
     
     
 
Long-term debt
  $ 175,025     $ 175,177  
     
     
 

      The Company’s debt repayments are due as follows (in thousands):

           
Year ended September 30, 2004
  $ 98  
 
2005
    11  
 
2006
    12  
 
2007
    2  
 
2008
    175,000  
     
 
    $ 175,123  
     
 

9.     Postretirement Benefits

      The Company sponsors defined contribution plans that meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All United States employees of the Company who meet minimum age and service requirements are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan allows employees to invest, on a pre-tax basis, a percentage of their annual salary subject to statutory limitations.

      As part of its cost reduction initiatives, the Company discontinued its matching contribution to the employee defined contribution plans during fiscal 2001. Accordingly, the Company did not record any expense for worldwide defined contribution plans for the year ended September 30, 2003 and 2002. The Company’s contribution expense for worldwide defined contribution plans was $2.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2001.

      The Company has an accrual of $9.9 million related to the projected retirement benefit to be paid to its Chief Executive Officer under the terms of his current employment agreement. The projected amount payable is earned over time and due immediately upon his retirement; however, at this time, his retirement date is not determinable. His current employment agreement will expire on October 1, 2005.

72


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

10.     Stockholders’ Equity and Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

 
Preferred Stock

      At September 30, 2003 and 2002, there were one million shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share authorized; one share was issued and outstanding at September 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The outstanding share of preferred stock was issued in connection with the Company’s acquisition of PRI and relates to PRI’s former Canadian exchangeable shareholders. Preferred stock may be issued at the discretion of the Board of Directors without stockholder approval with such designations, rights and preferences as the Board of Directors may determine.

 
PTI Stock

      In connection with the acquisition of PTI by the Company, the Company acquired 9,208 shares of PTI restricted common stock and 90,000 shares of PTI Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock with a conversion ratio of 1:3.48 PTI preferred shares to Brooks common shares. All of these shares were converted into Brooks common stock upon acquisition.

 
Warrants

      Prior to its acquisition by the Company, PTI had issued warrants to purchase 10,000 shares of PTI common stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share. These warrants were exercised for shares of PTI common stock on July 12, 2001 immediately prior to the acquisition of PTI by the Company. These shares were then exchanged for approximately 31,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with the acquisition. At September 30, 2003 and 2002, there were no warrants outstanding.

 
Rights Distribution

      In July 1997, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one preferred purchase right (a “right”) for each share of common stock outstanding on August 12, 1997. Each right entitled the registered holder to purchase from the Company, upon certain triggering events, one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, at a purchase price of $135.00 per one one-thousandth of a Series A Preferred Share, subject to adjustment. Redemption of the rights could generally discourage a merger or tender offer involving the securities of the Company that is not approved by the Company’s Board of Directors by increasing the cost of effecting any such transaction and, accordingly, could have an adverse impact on stockholders who might want to vote in favor of such merger or participate in such tender offer. The rights will expire on the earlier of July 31, 2007, or the date on which the rights are redeemed. The terms of the rights may generally be amended by the Board of Directors without the consent of the holders of the rights.

11.     Stock Plans

 
Exchange Program

      In April 2003, the Company executed a tender offer (the “Exchange Program”) under which employees (excluding certain of the Company’s executive officers and the directors) holding stock options awarded under the Company’s various stock option plans which have an exercise price equal to or in excess of $20.00 per share (the “Old Options”) were permitted to exchange their Old Options for new options for a smaller number of shares (the “New Options”). Under the Exchange Program, options to purchase 2,526,880 shares of common stock of participating employees were cancelled. Subsequently, on October 16, 2003, the Company issued New Options to purchase 1,218,809 shares of common stock to those employees at an exercise price equal to $24.30, the market price of the Company’s common stock on that date. As the New Options were granted more than six months after the cancellation of the Old Options, no compensation expense was

73


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

recorded related to the new issuance. In conjunction with the Exchange Program the Company recognized $2.5 million of compensation expense in the year ended September 30, 2003, related to unamortized deferred compensation for those options cancelled, which were originally granted to the employees of acquired companies.

 
2000 Combination Stock Option Plan

      The purposes of the 2000 Combination Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”), adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company in February 2000, are to attract and retain employees and to provide an incentive for them to assist the Company to achieve long-range performance goals and to enable them to participate in the long-term growth of the Company. Under the 2000 Plan the Company may grant (i) incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and (ii) options that are not qualified as incentive stock options (“nonqualified stock options”). All employees of the Company or any affiliate of the Company are eligible to participate in the 2000 Plan. Options under the 2000 Plan generally vest over four years and expire seven years from the date of grant. A total of 6,000,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan. Of these shares, options to purchase 1,296,924 shares are outstanding and 4,683,001 shares remain available for grant as of September 30, 2003. On October 16, 2003, the Company subsequently issued options for 12,617 shares under the 2000 Plan in accordance with the Exchange Program. In addition, on October 16, 2003 and October 17, 2003 respectively, options for 902,500 and 155,000 shares were granted under the 2000 plan.

 
1998 Employee Equity Incentive Plan

      The purposes of the 1998 Employee Equity Incentive Plan (the “1998 Plan”), adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company in April 1998, are to attract and retain employees and provide an incentive for them to assist the Company in achieving long-range performance goals, and to enable them to participate in the long-term growth of the Company. All employees of the Company, other than its officers and directors, (including contractors, consultants, service providers or others) who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success and growth of the Company, are eligible to participate in the 1998 Plan. A total of 4,825,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1998 Plan. Of these shares, options on 1,573,341 shares are outstanding and 2,294,322 shares remain available for grant as of September 30, 2003. Options under the 1998 Plan generally vest over a period of four years and generally expire seven years from the date of grant. In order to align the 1998 Plan with its current practices, in January 2000, the Board of Directors amended the 1998 Plan to eliminate the Company’s ability to award nonqualified stock options with exercise prices at less than fair market value. On February 26, 2003 the Board of Directors voted to cancel and not return to the reserve any 1998 Plan forfeited option. From February 26, 2003 through September 30, 2003, 552,883 options were forfeited due to employee terminations. On October 16, 2003, the Company subsequently issued options for 1,206,192 shares under the 1998 Plan in accordance with the Exchange Program and cancelled and did not return to the reserve 632,435 forfeited options.

 
1993 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan

      The purpose of the 1993 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the “Directors Plan”) is to attract and retain the services of experienced and knowledgeable independent directors of the Company for the benefit of the Company and its stockholders and to provide additional incentives for such independent directors to continue to work for the best interests of the Company and its stockholders through continuing ownership of its common stock. Each director who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is eligible to receive options under the Directors Plan. Under the Directors Plan, each eligible director receives an automatic grant of an option to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock upon becoming a director of the Company and an option to purchase 10,000 shares on July 1 each year thereafter. Options granted under the Directors Plan generally vest over a period of five years and generally expire ten years from

74


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the date of grant. A total of 690,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Directors Plan. Of these shares, options to purchase 232,000 shares are outstanding and 401,000 shares remain available for grant as of September 30, 2003. On October 1, 2003, grants totaling 50,000 shares were issued to two newly appointed directors. The Director’s Plan expired at the end of the day on October 1, 2003.

 
1992 Combination Stock Option Plan

      Under the Company’s 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “1992 Plan”), the Company may grant both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to persons who are employees of the Company at the time of grant, which may include officers and directors who are also employees. Nonqualified stock options may be granted to persons who are officers, directors or employees of or consultants or advisors to the Company or persons who are in a position to contribute to the long-term success and growth of the Company at the time of grant. Options granted under the 1992 Plan generally vest over a period of four years and generally expire ten years from the date of grant. A total of 1,950,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 1992 Plan. Of these shares, options to purchase 382,258 shares are outstanding and no shares remain available for grant as of September 30, 2003.

 
      Stock Options Of Acquired Companies

      In connection with the acquisition of PTI, the Company assumed a stock option plan that was adopted by PTI on October 10, 1991. At acquisition, 32,018 options to purchase PTI common stock were outstanding and converted into 99,470 options to purchase the Company’s common stock. There were 10,864 options outstanding at September 30, 2003. The Company does not intend to issue any additional options under the PTI stock option plan.

      In connection with the acquisition of PRI on May 14, 2002, the Company assumed the outstanding options of multiple stock option plans that were adopted by PRI. At acquisition, 6,382,329 options to purchase PRI common stock were outstanding and converted into 3,319,103 options to purchase the Company’s Common Stock. There were options to purchase 1,139,784 shares outstanding at September 30, 2003. The Company does not intend to issue any additional options under the PRI stock option plan.

75


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
      Stock Option Activity

      Aggregate stock option activity for all the above plans for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is as follows:

                                                 
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Weighted Weighted Weighted
Average Average Average
Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price






Options outstanding at beginning of year
    9,019,022     $ 34.39       4,255,528     $ 29.85       3,399,313     $ 27.75  
Granted
    980,800     $ 12.14       2,617,358     $ 27.99       1,564,893     $ 31.73  
Assumed on acquisition
                3,345,457     $ 45.59              
Exercised
    (185,167 )   $ 14.09       (316,183 )   $ 15.93       (371,972 )   $ 18.14  
Canceled
    (5,174,745 )   $ 35.83       (883,138 )   $ 38.08       (336,706 )   $ 30.37  
     
             
             
         
Options outstanding at end of year
    4,639,910     $ 28.93       9,019,022     $ 34.62       4,255,528     $ 29.85  
     
             
             
         
Options exercisable at end of year
    2,522,030     $ 34.00       3,151,602     $ 38.42       882,651     $ 24.95  
     
             
             
         
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the period
          $ 7.26             $ 26.64             $ 23.28  
Options available for future grant
    7,378,323                                          
     
                                         

      The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at September 30, 2003:

                                         
Options Outstanding

Weighted-
Average Options Exercisable
Remaining
Contractual Weighted- Weighted-
Range of Life Average Average
Exercise Prices Shares (Years) Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price






$ 1.932 - $ 11.000
    537,311       5.95     $ 9.825       135,963     $ 9.346  
$11.450 - $ 12.969
    488,475       6.42     $ 12.665       67,284     $ 12.709  
$13.375 - $ 20.330
    560,351       4.67     $ 18.146       425,189     $ 17.947  
$20.631 - $ 24.910
    216,593       5.00     $ 23.000       120,457     $ 22.337  
$24.938 - $ 25.220
    709,308       5.09     $ 25.214       215,137     $ 25.212  
$25.290 - $ 28.370
    550,628       3.69     $ 27.607       385,928     $ 27.671  
$28.650 - $ 34.130
    513,322       4.45     $ 31.491       397,470     $ 31.602  
$34.250 - $ 44.830
    541,662       4.64     $ 39.151       361,655     $ 39.481  
$45.430 - $ 91.110
    486,510       3.07     $ 66.276       385,666     $ 68.973  
$93.030 - $164.760
    35,750       2.46     $ 136.899       27,281     $ 137.710  
     
     
     
     
     
 
$ 1.932 - $164.760
    4,639,910       4.75     $ 28.925       2,522,030     $ 33.999  
     
                     
         
 
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      On February 22, 1996, the stockholders approved the 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “1995 Plan”) which enables eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. Under the 1995 Plan, eligible employees may purchase up to an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares during six-month offering

76


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

periods commencing on February 1 and August 1 of each year at a price per share of 85% of the lower of the fair market value price per share on the first or last day of each six-month offering period. Participating employees may elect to have up to 10% of their base pay withheld and applied toward the purchase of such shares. The rights of participating employees under the 1995 Plan terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan at any time or upon termination of employment. As of September 30, 2003, 770,230 shares of common stock have been purchased under the 1995 Plan and 729,770 remain available for purchase.

 
12. Acquisition-Related and Restructuring Costs and Accruals
 
Fiscal 2003 Activities

      The Company recorded a charge to operations of $46.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2003 of which $6.2 million related to acquisitions, $6.1 million related to the write-off of capitalized costs related to cancelled systems, $39.8 million of restructuring costs and $5.8 million of restructuring reversals.

 
Acquisition-Related Costs

      The $6.2 million related to acquisitions is comprised of the $3.2 million loss on the disposition of the Brooks Switzerland subsidiary, associated legal costs of $0.5 million and $2.5 million of legal, relocation and consulting costs to integrate and consolidate acquired entities into existing Brooks entities

 
Restructuring Costs

      Based on estimates of its near term future revenues and operating costs, the Company announced in fiscal 2003 several plans to take additional and significant cost reduction actions. Accordingly, charges of $45.9 million were recorded for these actions. Of this amount, $27.0 million related to workforce reductions of approximately 1,000 employees world wide, across all functions of the business, $12.8 million related to excess facilities and $6.1 million related to the write-off of capitalized costs of cancelled internal systems application infrastructure programs. Excess facilities charges of $12.8 million consisted of $2.7 million for excess facilities identified in fiscal 2003 that were recorded to recognize the amount of the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs have been estimated from the time when the space is expected to be vacated and there are no plans to utilize the facility in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities are being charged to operations. The remaining $10.1 million represents a reevaluation of the assumptions used in determining the fair value of certain lease obligations related to facilities abandoned in a previous restructuring. The revised assumptions, including lower estimates of expected sub-rental income over the remainder of the lease terms, are based on management’s evaluation of the rental space available. The Company believes that the cost reduction programs implemented will align costs with revenues. In the event the Company is unable to achieve this alignment, additional cost cutting programs may be required in the future.

      Periodically, the accruals related to restructuring charges are reviewed and compared to their respective cash requirements. As a result of these reviews, the accruals are adjusted for charges in cost and timing assumptions of previously accrued and recorded initiatives. During fiscal 2003, the Company identified $4.7 million of excess accruals associated with headcount reduction plans previously announced and implemented and $1.2 million of excess accruals for other restructuring costs. The final costs associated with these actions were lower than originally estimated and accrued. As a result, the excess accruals for these actions were reversed, with a corresponding reduction to restructuring expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended September 30, 2003.

77


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Fiscal 2002 Activities

      The Company recorded a charge to operations of $35.0 million in the year ended September 30, 2002 of which $16.4 million related to acquisitions and aborted acquisitions and $18.6 million to restructuring costs.

 
Acquisition-Related Costs

      The $16.4 million related to acquisitions and aborted acquisitions is comprised of $5.9 million related to the vesting by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in certain incremental retirement benefits upon the closing of the acquisition of PRI on May 14, 2002, $8.5 million to write off loans to aborted acquisition targets that management had determined are no longer collectible and $2.0 million of other costs.

 
Restructuring Costs

      In September 2002, the Company implemented a formal plan of restructure in response to the ongoing downturn in the semiconductor industry. To that effect, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $16.1 million in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. Of this amount, $9.1 million was related to workforce reductions of approximately 430 employees, which was paid in 2003 and $6.7 million was for the consolidation of several of the Company’s facilities. These measures were largely intended to further align the Company’s capacity and infrastructure to anticipated customer demand, which was adversely affected by the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry. Workforce-related charges, consisting principally of severance costs, were recorded based on specific identification of employees to be terminated, along with their job classifications or functions and their locations. The charges for the Company’s excess facilities were recorded to recognize the amount of the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs were estimated from the time when the space is expected to be vacated and there are no plans to utilize the facility in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities were charged to operations.

      As part of the plan to integrate the PRI acquisition, certain sales, technical support and administrative functions were combined and headcount and related costs reduced. Accordingly, during the third quarter of fiscal 2002, the Company recorded $2.8 million of charges comprised of $1.3 million for workforce reduction-related costs, $0.4 million relates to excess facilities and $1.1 million for other restructuring costs. The $0.4 million for the Company’s excess facilities was recorded to recognize the amount of the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs were estimated from the time these facilities are expected to be vacated and there are no plans to utilize the facility in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities are being charged to operations.

      Restructuring costs of $13.5 million for former PRI employees, $11.1 million for facilities and $2.3 million for other costs were accrued for as part of the purchase accounting for the PRI acquisition (see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions”).

      Periodically, the accruals related to the acquisition-related and restructuring charges are reviewed and compared to their respective cash requirements. As a result of those reviews, the accruals are adjusted for changes in cost and timing assumptions of previously approved and recorded initiatives. During the year ended September 30, 2002, the Company identified excess workforce-related accruals of $0.4 million, which were reversed in September 30, 2002.

     Fiscal 2001 Activities

      The Company recorded $9.3 million of acquisition-related and restructuring charges during the year ended September 30, 2001, comprised of $3.9 million of acquisition-related costs and $5.4 million of restructuring charges. The acquisition-related costs primarily relate to transaction costs incurred during the Company’s acquisition of PTI. On September 5, 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a formal plan of restructure in response to the then current downturn in the semiconductor industry. To that effect, the

78


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company recorded restructuring charges of $5.4 million in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. Of this amount, $2.0 million was related to workforce reductions of approximately 140 employees, which was paid in 2002 and $3.4 million for the consolidation and strategic focus realignment of several facilities. These measures were largely intended to align the Company’s capacity and infrastructure to anticipated customer demand. Workforce charges, consisting principally of severance costs, were recorded based on specific identification of employees to be terminated, along with their job classifications or functions and their locations. The charges for the Company’s excess facilities were recorded to recognize the amount of the remaining lease obligations, net of any sublease rentals. These costs have been estimated from the time when the space is expected to be vacated and there are no plans to utilize the facility in the future. Costs incurred prior to vacating the facilities were charged to operations.

      The activity related to the Company’s restructuring accruals is below (in thousands):

                                                 
Fiscal 2003 Activity

New Initiatives
Balance
Balance
September 30, Purchase September 30,
2002 Expense Accounting Reversals Utilization 2003






Facilities
  $ 18,977     $ 12,808     $     $     $ (7,473 )   $ 24,312  
Workforce-related
    13,480       27,029             (4,658 )     (30,896 )     4,955  
Other
    1,329                   (1,170 )     (159 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 33,786     $ 39,837     $     $ (5,828 )   $ (38,528 )   $ 29,267  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Fiscal 2002 Activity

New Initiatives
Balance
Balance
September 30, Purchase September 30,
2001 Expense Accounting Reversals Utilization 2002






Facilities
  $ 3,309     $ 7,096     $ 11,055     $     $ (2,483 )   $ 18,977  
Workforce-related
    1,952       10,451       13,519       (372 )     (12,070 )     13,480  
Other
          1,467       2,292             (2,430 )     1,329  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 5,261     $ 19,014     $ 26,866     $ (372 )   $ (16,983 )   $ 33,786  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
                                                 
Fiscal 2001 Activity

New Initiatives
Balance
Balance
September 30, Purchase September 30,
2000 Expense Accounting Reversals Utilization 2001






Facilities
  $ 507     $ 3,369     $     $     $ (567 )   $ 3,309  
Workforce-related
    20       2,000                   (68 )     1,952  
Other
    11                         (11 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 538     $ 5,369     $     $     $ (646 )   $ 5,261  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

13.     Segment and Geographic Information

      The Company has three reportable segments: equipment automation, factory automation hardware and factory automation software.

      The equipment automation segment provides automated material handling products and components for use within semiconductor process equipment. These systems automate the movement of wafers into and out of semiconductor manufacturing process chambers and provide an integration point between factory automation systems and process tools. These include vacuum and atmospheric systems and robots and related components. The primary customers for these solutions are manufacturers of process tool equipment.

79


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The factory automation hardware segment provides automated material management products and components for use within the factory. The Company’s factory automation hardware products consist of automated storage and retrieval systems and wafer/ reticle transport systems based on its proprietary AeroTrak overhead monorail systems and AeroLoader overhead hoist vehicle. They store, transport and manage the movement of work-in-process wafers and lithography reticles throughout the fab. The factory automation hardware segment also provides hardware and software solutions, including mini-environments and other automated transfer mechanisms to isolate the semiconductor wafer from the production environment.

      The factory automation software segment provides software products for the semiconductor manufacturing execution system (“MES”) market, including consulting and software customization. The Company’s software products enable semiconductor manufacturers to increase their return on investment by maximizing production efficiency, and may be sold as part of an integrated solution or on a stand-alone basis.

      IAS, acquired on February 15, 2002, is the only component of “Other.” IAS provides standard and custom automation technology and products for the semiconductor, photonics, life sciences and certain other industries.

      The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on revenues and operating income (loss). Operating income (loss) for each segment includes selling, general and administrative expenses directly attributable to the segment. Amortization of acquired intangible assets, including impairment of these assets and of goodwill and acquisition-related and restructuring charges are excluded from the segments’ operating income (loss). The Company’s non-allocable overhead costs, which include corporate general and administrative expenses, are allocated between the segments based upon segment revenues. Segment assets exclude deferred tax assets, acquired intangible assets, goodwill, the Company’s investments in marketable securities, and the Company’s investment in Shinsung.

      Financial information for the Company’s business segments is as follows (in thousands):

                                             
Factory Factory
Equipment Automation Automation
Automation Hardware Software Other Total





Year ended September 30, 2003
                                       
 
Revenues
                                       
   
Product
  $ 142,024     $ 58,324     $ 24,730     $ 3,521     $ 228,599  
   
Services
    30,580       24,475       59,956             115,011  
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 172,604     $ 82,799     $ 84,686     $ 3,521     $ 343,610  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
  $ 39,254     $ 15,539     $ 48,413     $ 460     $ 103,666  
 
Operating loss
  $ (19,376 )   $ (27,563 )   $ (18,098 )   $ (2,499 )   $ (67,536 )
 
Depreciation
  $ 17,736     $ 5,072     $ 2,664     $ 585     $ 26,057  
 
Assets
  $ 95,264     $ 114,315     $ 53,824     $ 3,816     $ 267,219  

80


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                             
Factory Factory
Equipment Automation Automation
Automation Hardware Software Other Total





Year ended September 30, 2002
                                       
 
Revenues
                                       
   
Product
  $ 128,719     $ 51,388     $ 24,843     $ 3,716     $ 208,666  
   
Services
    19,882       16,066       59,640             95,588  
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 148,601     $ 67,454     $ 84,483     $ 3,716     $ 304,254  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
  $ 24,066     $ 10,599     $ 47,800     $ 579     $ 83,044  
 
Operating loss
  $ (51,329 )   $ (23,643 )   $ (16,782 )   $ (1,462 )   $ (93,216 )
 
Depreciation
  $ 12,167     $ 2,030     $ 2,139     $ 84     $ 16,420  
 
Assets
  $ 170,101     $ 126,267     $ 35,684     $ 1,184     $ 333,236  
Year ended September 30, 2001
                                       
 
Revenues
                                       
   
Product
  $ 192,389     $ 53,917     $ 45,421     $     $ 291,727  
   
Services
    18,790       3,926       67,273             89,989  
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 211,179     $ 57,843     $ 112,694     $     $ 381,716  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
  $ 61,259     $ 17,038     $ 74,087     $     $ 152,384  
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (14,904 )   $ 2,182     $ 8,319     $     $ (4,403 )
 
Depreciation
  $ 10,414     $ 587     $ 2,418     $     $ 13,419  
 
Assets
  $ 185,381     $ 53,099     $ 48,132     $     $ 286,612  

      A reconciliation of the Company’s reportable segment operating income (loss) and segment assets to the corresponding consolidated amounts as of and for the year ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 is as follows (in thousands):

                           
As of and For the Year
Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



Segment operating loss
  $ (67,536 )   $ (93,216 )   $ (4,403 )
Amortization of acquired intangibles
    44,605       499,570       30,187  
Acquisition-related and restructuring costs
    46,257       35,032       9,314  
     
     
     
 
 
Total operating loss
  $ (158,398 )   $ (627,818 )   $ (43,904 )
     
     
     
 
Segment assets
  $ 267,219     $ 333,236     $ 286,612  
Deferred tax asset
                45,888  
Goodwill
    68,958       104,156       60,128  
Intangible assets
    10,592       14,648       38,928  
Investment in Shinsung
          13,475        
Investments in marketable securities
    145,932       191,982       278,148  
     
     
     
 
 
Total assets
  $ 492,701     $ 657,497     $ 709,704  
     
     
     
 

81


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Net revenues based upon the source of the order by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended September 30,

2003 2002 2001



North America
  $ 172,497     $ 158,091     $ 191,992  
Asia/ Pacific
    105,427       78,019       122,000  
Europe
    65,686       68,144       67,724  
     
     
     
 
    $ 343,610     $ 304,254     $ 381,716  
     
     
     
 

      Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):

                 
September 30,

2003 2002


North America
  $ 61,607     $ 79,737  
Asia/ Pacific
    1,586       2,724  
Europe
    1,632       2,331  
     
     
 
    $ 64,825     $ 84,792  
     
     
 

14.     Significant Customers and Related Party Information

      A member of the Board of Directors also served until his death in April 2003 as president, chief executive officer and a director of AvantCom Network, Inc. (“AvantCom”), a California supplier of Internet-based diagnostics software. In March 2001, the Company entered into a non-binding letter of intent with AvantCom relating to a proposed business combination. The letter of intent contemplated the payment by the Company to AvantCom of approximately $14 million in cash and stock and up to 25% of subsequent related billings for the purchase of certain assets related to AvantCom’s proprietary e-Diagnostics software product. Upon execution of the letter of intent, the Company advanced AvantCom $2.0 million against the purchase price for working capital purposes. During the subsequent negotiation process, the parties were unable to reach a mutually satisfactory purchase agreement and the parties abandoned the transaction. Pursuant to the terms of the letter of intent, AvantCom was obligated to either return the advance or grant the Company a non-exclusive license to its e-Diagnostics software in exchange therefore. AvantCom has elected to grant the Company the license and the Company recorded a charge of $2.0 million in fiscal year 2002 related to the unrecovered advance. The Board member did not participate in any negotiations related to the proposed transaction.

      On June 11, 2001, the Company appointed a new member to its Board of Directors. This individual is also vice chairman and a director of one of the Company’s customers. Accordingly, this customer is considered a related party for the period subsequent to June 11, 2001. Revenues from this customer for the years ended September 30, 2003 and 2002 were approximately $250,000 and $616,000, respectively. Revenues from this customer for the period from June 11, 2001 through September 30, 2001 were approximately $32,000. The amounts due from this customer included in accounts receivable at September 30, 2003 and 2002 were $38,000 and $68,000, respectively.

      One of the Company’s directors had previously also been a director of one of the Company’s customers. On January 23, 2001, this individual resigned his position with the Company’s customer. Accordingly, this customer is not considered a related party in subsequent reporting periods. Revenues recognized from this customer in fiscal year 2001 through January 23, 2001 were $13.9 million.

82


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The Company had no customer that accounted for more than 10% of revenues in the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001. The Company had no customers that accounted for more than 10% of its accounts receivable balance at either September 30, 2003 or 2002.

      Related party transactions and amounts included in accounts receivable are on standard pricing and contractual terms and manner of settlement for products and services of similar types and at comparable volumes.

15.     Other Balance Sheet Information

      Components of other selected captions in the Consolidated Balance Sheets follow (in thousands):

                   
September 30,

2003 2002


Accounts receivable
  $ 75,873     $ 95,127  
Less allowances
    6,499       5,977  
     
     
 
    $ 69,374     $ 89,150  
     
     
 
Inventories
               
 
Raw materials and purchased parts
  $ 30,411     $ 56,050  
 
Work-in-process
    15,546       15,334  
 
Finished goods
    7,255       6,809  
     
     
 
    $ 53,212     $ 78,193  
     
     
 

      The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties, primarily from historical information, at the time product revenue is recognized and retrofit accruals at the time retrofit programs are established. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers, the Company’s warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, utilization levels, material usage, service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure, and supplier warranties on parts delivered to the Company. Should actual product failure rates, utilization levels, material usage, service delivery costs or supplier warranties on parts differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty and retrofit liability would be required. Product warranty and retrofit activity for the year ended September 30, 2003 is as follows (in thousands):

           
Balance September 30, 2002
  $ 19,011  
 
Accruals for warranties during the year
    1,710  
 
Settlements made during the year
    (8,912 )
     
 
Balance September 30, 2003
  $ 11,809  
     
 

      Deferred revenues of $33.7 million at September 30, 2003 consisted of $6.6 million related to deferred maintenance contracts and $27.1 million related to revenues deferred for completed contract method arrangements. Deferred project costs of $10.2 million at September 30, 2003 are included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

      Depreciation expense was $26.1 million, $16.4 million and $13.4 million for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. As of September 30, 2003 and 2002, the Company did not have any equipment under capital lease obligations in service.

83


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

16.     Commitments and Contingencies

 
Lease Commitments

      The Company leases manufacturing and office facilities and certain equipment under operating leases that expire through 2013. Rental expense under operating leases for the years ended September 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $9.4 million, $8.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Future minimum lease commitments on non-cancelable operating leases, lease income and sublease income are as follows (in thousands):

                     
Lease and
Operating sublease
Leases income


Year ended September 30,
               
 
2004
  $ 10,100     $ 989  
 
2005
    8,026       691  
 
2006
    6,413       450  
 
2007
    5,378       422  
 
2008
    4,698       422  
 
Thereafter
    11,414       1,268  
     
     
 
   
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 46,029     $ 4,242  
     
     
 

      These future minimum lease commitments include approximately $31.7 million related to facilities the Company has elected to abandon in connection with its restructuring initiatives.

      At September 30, 2003 and 2002, the Company had outstanding capital lease obligations of $34,000 and $58,000, respectively, included in its debt obligations.

 
Contingencies

      There has been substantial litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the semiconductor related industries. Brooks has in the past been, and may in the future be, notified that it may be infringing intellectual property rights possessed by other third parties. Brooks cannot guarantee that infringement claims by third parties or other claims for indemnification by customers or end users of its products resulting from infringement claims will not be asserted in the future or that such assertions, if proven to be true, will not materially and adversely affect Brooks’ business, financial condition and results of operations. If any such claims are asserted against Brooks’ intellectual property rights, it may seek to enter into a royalty or licensing arrangement. Brooks cannot guarantee, however, that a license will be available on reasonable terms or at all. Brooks could decide in the alternative to resort to litigation to challenge such claims or to design around the patented technology.

      Brooks received notice from General Signal Corporation twice in 1992 and once in 1994, alleging infringement of patents then owned by General Signal, relating to cluster tool architecture, by certain of Brooks’ products. The notification advised Brooks that General Signal was attempting to enforce its rights to those patents in litigation against Applied Materials. According to a press release issued by Applied Materials in November 1997, Applied Materials settled its litigation with General Signal by acquiring ownership of five General Signal patents. Although not verified, these five patents would appear to be the patents referred to by General Signal in its prior notice to Brooks. Applied Materials has not contacted Brooks regarding these patents.

      Brooks acquired certain assets, including a transport system known as IridNet, from the Infab division of Jenoptik AG on September 30, 1999. Asyst Technologies, Inc. had previously filed suit against Jenoptik AG and other defendants, or collectively, the defendants, in the Northern District of California charging that

84


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

products of the defendants, including IridNet, infringe Asyst’s U.S. Patent Nos. 4,974,166, or the ‘166 patent, and 5,097,421, or the ‘421 patent. Asyst later withdrew its claims related to the ‘166 patent from the case. Summary judgement of noninfringement was recently granted in that case by the District Court and judgement was issued in favor of Jenoptik on the ground that the product at issue did not infringe the asserted claims of the ‘421 patent. Asyst has filed a notice of its intention to appeal that adverse judgement.

      Brooks had received notice that Asyst might amend its complaint in this Jenoptik litigation to name Brooks as an additional defendant, but no such action was ever taken. Based on the Company’s investigation of Asyst’s allegations, the Company believes it is not infringing any claims of Asyst’s patents. Brooks intends to continue to support Jenoptik to argue vigorously, among other things, the position that the IridNet system does not infringe the Asyst patent. If Asyst prevails in its appeal and ultimately in its case against Jenoptik, Asyst may seek to prohibit Brooks from developing, marketing and using the IridNet product without a license. The Company cannot guarantee that a license would be available to it on reasonable terms, if at all. If a license from Asyst were not available, Brooks could be forced to incur substantial costs to reengineer the IridNet product, which could diminish its value. In any case, Brooks could face litigation with Asyst. Jenoptik has agreed to indemnify the Company for any loss it may incur in this action.

      In addition, Asyst made assertions in approximately 1995 that certain technology employed in products manufactured and sold by Hermos Informatik GmbH infringed one or more of Asyst’s patents. Brooks acquired Hermos in July 2002. To date Asyst has taken no steps to assert or enforce any such rights against Brooks and, to Brooks’ knowledge, Asyst never commenced enforcement proceedings against Hermos prior to its acquisition by Brooks. Should Asyst seek to pursue any such claims against Hermos or Brooks, Brooks would be subject to all of the business and litigation risks identified in the preceding paragraph.

      In connection with the acquisition of the e-Diagnostics product business in June 2001, the Company could be required to make additional cash payments under certain conditions. If the Company elected to settle any or all potential contingent payments in cash, additional cash payments aggregating a maximum of $8.0 million over the next two years could be required for payment of consideration contingent upon meeting certain performance objectives.

      The Company is presently engaged in an arbitration proceeding in Israel. The proceeding arose out of a dispute between PRI (prior to its acquisition by Brooks) and an Israeli personnel recruiting firm pertaining to an arrangement under which PRI engaged the services of approximately 12-14 workers in Israel in 1997. The parties to the arbitration have each asserted claims against one another. Hearings have been conducted and a decision is likely before the end of calendar 2003. The Company does not believe that it will have a material impact on its financial results.

      As permitted under Delaware law, the Company has agreements whereby it indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The Company’s by-laws also provide for such indemnifications. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification arrangements is unlimited; however, the Company has Directors and Officers Liability insurance policies that limit its exposure for events covered under the policies and enables the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of the coverage under the Company’s insurance policies, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification arrangements is minimal. These indemnification arrangements were grandfathered under the provisions of FIN No. 45 as they were in effect prior to December 31, 2002. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these arrangements as of September 30, 2003.

      The Company routinely enters into standard indemnification provisions as part of license agreements involving use of its intellectual property. These provisions typically require the Company to defend and pay any third party claim finally awarded or settled against its licenses in connection with any infringement claim

85


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

by a third party relating to the intellectual property covered by the license agreement. The Company’s standard contract and license terms normally limit the amount of the Company’s potential liability for such claims and defense, and the Company has not incurred any material costs to defend or settle claims related to these types of indemnification provisions. The Company therefore believes the estimated fair value of these provisions is minimal, and has no liabilities recorded for them as of September 30, 2003.

86


Table of Contents

BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

(Dollars in thousands)
                                             
Additions

Balance at Charged to Charged to Deductions Balance at
Beginning Costs and Other and End of
of Year Expenses Accounts Write-offs Year





Allowance for doubtful accounts
                                       
 
Year ended September 30,
                                       
   
2003
  $ 5,977     $ 533     $ 1,684     $ (1,695 )   $ 6,499  
   
2002
  $ 6,114     $ 3,129     $ 85     $ (3,351 )   $ 5,977  
   
2001
  $ 1,989     $ 4,691     $ 6     $ (572 )   $ 6,114  
Reserves for excess and obsolete inventories
                                       
 
Year ended September 30,
                                       
   
2003
  $ 21,320     $ 5,953     $ 26,257     $ (23,031 )   $ 30,499  
   
2002
  $ 16,963     $ 8,297     $     $ (3,940 )   $ 21,320  
   
2001
  $ 8,311     $ 15,426     $ 246     $ (7,020 )   $ 16,963  
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
                                       
 
Year ended September 30,
                                       
   
2003
  $ 229,084     $ 48,539     $     $     $ 277,623  
   
2002
  $ 8,257     $ 88,041     $ 132,786     $     $ 229,084  
   
2001
  $ 5,548     $ 3,603     $     $ (894 )   $ 8,257  

87


Table of Contents

Item 9.     Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Financial Accounting and Financial Disclosure

      Not applicable.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

      a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this Report, and pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company’s chief executive officer (“CEO”) and chief financial officer (“CFO”) have concluded, subject to the limitations inherent in such controls noted below, that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and are operating in an effective manner. The Company is presently engaged in a broad review of its internal control procedures in anticipation of the need for the Company’s independent auditors to certify as to the adequacy of those controls in connection with the 2004 filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

      b) Limitations Inherent in All Controls. The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, recognizes that our disclosure controls and our internal controls (discussed below) cannot prevent all error or all attempts at fraud. Any controls system, no matter how well crafted and operated, can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints that affect the operation of any such system and that the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in any control system, no evaluation or implementation of a control system can provide complete assurance that all control issues and all possible instances of fraud have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.

88


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

      The information required by this Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed by the Company within 120 days after the close of its fiscal year.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

      The information required by this Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed by the Company within 120 days after the close of its fiscal year.

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matter

      The table below sets forth certain information as of our fiscal year ended September 30, 2003 regarding the shares of our common stock available for grant or granted under stock option plans that (i) were approved by our stockholders, and (ii) were not approved by our stockholders.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

                           
Number of Securities Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon Weighted-Average Remaining Available for
Exercise of Exercise Price of Future Issuance Under
Outstanding Options, Outstanding Options, Equity Compensation
Plan Category Warrants and Rights Warrants and Rights Plans(1)




Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(2)
    3,066,569     $ 30.994       5,084,001  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    1,573,341       24.893       2,294,322  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    4,639,910     $ 28.925       7,378,323  
     
     
     
 


(1)  Excludes securities reflected in the first column of the table.
 
(2)  Includes an aggregate of 1,155,387 options at a weighted average exercise price of $43.369 assumed by the Company in connection with past acquisitions and business combinations.

      The balance of the information required by this Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed by the Company within 120 days after the close of its fiscal year.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      The information required by this Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed by the Company within 120 days after the close of its fiscal year.

Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services

      The information required by this Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed by the Company within 120 days after the close of its fiscal year.

89


Table of Contents

PART IV

 
Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule and Reports on Form 8-K

      (a) 1. and 2. Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule

      The consolidated financial statements of the Company and Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves of the Company are listed in the index under Part II, Item 8, in this Form 10-K.

      Other financial statement schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is given in the supplementary consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

      3. Exhibits

             
Exhibit No. Description Reference



  2.01     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 21, 1998 relating to the combination of FASTech Integration, Inc. with the Company.   A**
  2.02     Stock for Cash Purchase Agreement dated March 31, 1999 relating to the acquisition of Hanyon Tech. Co., Ltd. by the Company.   B**
  2.03     Assets for Cash Purchase Agreement dated June 23, 1999 relating to the acquisition of substantially all the assets of Domain Manufacturing Corporation and its Subsidiary Domain Manufacturing SARL by the Company.   C**
  2.04     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated July 7, 1999 relating to the combination of Smart Machines Inc. with the Company.   D**
  2.05     Master Purchase Agreement dated September 9, 1999 relating to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Infab Division of Jenoptik by the Company.   E**
  2.06     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 6, 2000 relating to the combination of AutoSimulations, Inc. and Auto-Soft Corporation with the Company.   F**
  2.07     Interests for Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 5, 2000 relating to the acquisition of Irvine Optical Company LLC by the Company, as amended.   G**
  2.08     Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February 16, 2001 relating to the acquisition of SEMY Engineering, Inc. by the Company.   H**
  2.09     Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 26, 2001 relating to the acquisition of assets of the e-diagnostic infrastructure of KLA-Tencor Corporation and its subsidiary KLA-Tencor Technologies Corporation.   I**
  2.10     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 27, 2001 relating to the combination of Progressive Technologies Inc. with the Company.   J**
  2.11     Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 5, 2001 relating to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of General Precision, Inc. and GPI-Mostek, Inc. by the Company.   K**
  2.12     Share Purchase Agreement dated October 9, 2001 relating to the acquisition of Tec-Sem AG by the Company.   L**
  2.13     Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger relating to the acquisition of PRI Automation, Inc. by the Company.   M**
  2.14     Combination Agreement dated as of November 24, 1998 between PRI Automation, Inc., 1325949 Ontario Inc. and Promis Systems Corporation Ltd.   N**
  2.15     Share Sale-, Purchase- and Transfer Agreement dated July 3, 2002 relating to the acquisition of Hermos Informatik GmbH.   O**
  3.01     Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Company.   P**
  3.02     Bylaws of the Company.   Q**

90


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No. Description Reference



  3.03     Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.   R**
  3.04     Form of Certificate of Designations, Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Special Voting Preferred Stock of the Company   S**
  4.01     Specimen Certificate for shares of the Company’s common stock.   T**
  4.02     Description of Capital Stock (contained in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company).   P**
  4.03     Rights Agreement dated July 23, 1997.   U**
  4.04     Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement between the Company and Bank Boston, N.A. as Rights Agent.   V**
  4.05     Registration Rights Agreement dated January 6, 2000.   V**
  4.06     Shareholder Agreement dated January 6, 2000 by and among the Company, Daifuku America Corporation and Daifuku Co., Ltd. relating to the acquisition of the businesses of Auto-Soft Corporation and AutoSimulations, Inc. from Daifuku America Corporation by the Company.   F**
  4.07     Stockholder Agreement dated September 30, 1999 by and among the Company, Jenoptik AG, M+W Zander Holding GmbH and Robert J. Therrien relating to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Infab Division of Jenoptik AG by the Company.   E**
  4.08     Indenture dated as of May 23, 2001 between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company (as Trustee).   W**
  4.09     Registration Rights Agreement dated May 23, 2001 among the Company and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation and SG Cowen Securities Corporation (as representatives of several purchasers).   W**
  4.10     Form of 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Note of the Company in the principal amount of $175,000,000 dated as of May 23, 2001.   W**
  4.11     Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 20, 2001 relating to the acquisition of CCS Technology, Inc. by the Company.   X**
  4.12     Asset Purchase Agreement dated February 15, 2002 relating to the Agreement dated February 15, 2002 relating to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Intelligent Automation Systems, Inc. and IAS Products, Inc. by the Company.   Y**
  4.13     Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent.   Z**
  4.14     Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Brooks Automation, Inc., NexStar Corporation and Zygo Corporation dated December 13, 2001   AA**
  4.15     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 20, 2002 among the Company, MTI Acquisitions Corp. and MicroTool, Inc.   TT**
  9.1     Form of Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement among PRI Automation, Inc., 1325949 Ontario Inc., Promis Systems Corporation Ltd. And Montreal Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.   N**
  9.2     Form of Supplement to Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement among the Company, 1325949 Ontario Inc., Brooks-PRI Automation (Canada), Inc. and Montreal Trust Company of Canada, trustee.   S**
  9.3     Form of Support Agreement among PRI Automation, Inc., 1325949 Ontario Inc., and Promis Systems Corporation, Ltd.   N**
  9.4     Form of Supplement to Support Agreement among the Company, 1325949 Ontario Inc., and Brooks-PRI Automation (Canada), Inc.   Z**
  10.01     Employment Agreement between the Company and Robert J. Therrien dated as of September 30, 2001.   AA* **

91


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No. Description Reference



  10.02     Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers of the Company.   Q* **
  10.03     Employment Agreement between the Company and Ellen B. Richstone.   BB* **
  10.04     Form of Agreement between Executive Officers and the Company Relating to Change of Control.   CC* **
  10.05     Agreement dated November 11, 1999 between Ellen B. Richstone and the Company Relating to Change of Control.   CC* **
  10.06     Transitional Services Agreement dated September 30, 1999 between the Company and Jenoptik AG relating to the Company’s German manufacturing facility.   CC**
  10.07     Corporate Noncompetition and Proprietary Information Agreement dated January 6, 2000 by and among the Company, Daifuku America Corporation and Daifuku Co., Ltd. relating to the acquisition of the businesses of Auto-Soft Corporation and AutoSimulations, Inc. from Daifuku America Corporation by the Company.   F**
  10.8     Agreement to Amend Corporate Noncompetition and Proprietary Information Agreement by and among the Company, Daifuku America Corporation and Daifuku Co., Ltd. dated April 2002.   TT**
  10.9     Demand Promissory Note Agreement dated as of May 2, 2000, between the Company and ABN AMRO Bank N.V.   P**
  10.10     Purchase Agreement for the Company’s headquarters dated January 17, 2001.   DD**
  10.11     Lease between the Company and the Nasr Family Trust for 25000 Avenue Stanford, Valencia, California.   K**
  10.12     1993 Nonemployee Director Stock Option Plan.   EE* **
  10.13     1992 Combination Stock Option Plan.   FF* **
  10.14     1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.   P* **
  10.15     1998 Employee Equity Incentive Option Plan.   P* **
  10.16     2000 Combination Stock Option Plan.   P* **
  10.17     2001 Restricted Stock Purchase Plan for KLA Product Line Acquisition.   GG* **
  10.18     Progressive Technologies Inc. 1991 Stock Option and Stock Purchase Plan.   HH* **
  10.19     Lease between Bentall Properties LTD and Westminster Management Corporation and Brooks Automation (Canada) Corp. for Crestwood Corporate Centre, Richmond, B.C. for 13777 Commerce Parkway, Richmond, B.C.   AA**
  10.20     Employment Agreement for Mitchell G. Tyson dated October 23, 2001.   TT* **
  10.21     Management Agreement dated as of November 20, 2000 between the Company and Wan Keun Lee, as the majority shareholder of Shinsung Eng. Co. Ltd.   II**
  10.22     Joint Venture Agreement between the Company, Chung Song Systems Co., Ltd. And Shinsung Eng. Co. Ltd.   JJ**
  10.23     Master Manufacturing Services Agreement dated as of October 26, 1999 by and between the Company and Shinsung Eng. Co. Ltd.   KK**
  10.24     Master Engineering Services Agreement dated as of October 26, 1999 by and between the Company and Shinsung Eng. Co. Ltd.   KK**
  10.25     PRI Automation, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan.   LL* **
  10.26     PRI Automation, Inc. 1997 Non-Incentive Stock Option Plan.   II* **
  10.27     PRI Automation, Inc. 1994 Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan.   MM* **

92


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit No. Description Reference



  10.28     Commotion Technology, Inc. 2000 Flexible Stock Incentive Plan.   NN* **
  10.29     Promis Systems Corporation Ltd Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan.   OO* **
  10.30     Nonqualified Stock Option granted by PRI Automation, Inc. to Mark Johnston.   PP* **
  10.31     Equipe Technologies Non-Statutory Stock Options.   QQ* **
  10.32     Lease Agreement dated as of May 5, 1994 between the Company and The Prudential Insurance Company of America for 805 Middlesex Turnpike, Billerica, MA.   RR**
  10.33     Amendment to Lease dated as of July 24, 2000 between the Company and BCIA New England Holdings LLC (successor in interest to The Prudential Insurance Company of America) for 805 Middlesex Turnpike, Billerica, MA.   SS**
  10.34     Lease Agreement dated as of October 12, 2000 between the Company and Progress Road LLC for 17 Progress Road, Billerica, MA.   SS**
  10.35     First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 21, 2000 between the Company and Progress Road LLC for 17 Progress Road, Billerica, MA.   SS**
  10.36     Lease between the Company and BerCar II, LLC for 12 Elizabeth Drive, Chelmsford, Massachusetts dated October 23, 2002.   TT**
  10.37     First Amendment to Lease between the Company and BerCar II, LLC for 12 Elizabeth Drive, Chelmsford, Massachusetts dated November 1, 2002.   TT**
  10.38     Separation Agreement for Ellen B. Richstone dated October 31, 2002.   TT* **
  10.39     Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Edward C. Grady dated January 31, 2003.   UU* **
  10.40     Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Robert W. Woodbury, Jr. dated February 26, 2003.   VV* **
  10.41     Lease Agreement between Jenoptik AG and Brooks-PRI Automation (Germany) GmbH for 07745 Jena, Goschwitzer Strasse 25, Building 14 dated October 17, 2002.   Filed herewith
  10.42     Lease Agreement between Jorent Techno GmbH and Brooks-PRI Automation (Germany) GmbH for Hall  1/2 Konrad-Zuse-Strasse 8, 07745 Jena.   Filed herewith
  10.43     Lease Agreement between Jorent Techno GmbH and Brooks-PRI Automation (Germany) GmbH for Hall 1, Konrad-Zuse-Strasse 8, 07745 Jena.   Filed herewith
  10.44     Lease Agreement between Jentech Verwaltungsgesellschaft OHG and Brooks Automation GmbH for Goschwitzer Strasse 38, Jena-Goschwitz dated July 2, 2003.   Filed herewith
  10.45     Lease Agreement between TEAG Thuringer Energie AG and Brooks Automation GmbH for Rudolstadter Strasse 41, Jena dated August 9, 2000.   Filed herewith
  10.46     Lease Agreement between Kyunggi Industry and Brooks Automation Asia Ltd for 398-1, Komae-Ri, Kiheung-Eup, Youngin, Kyunggi, Korea dated March 31, 2000.   Filed herewith
  12.01     Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.   Filed herewith
  21.01     Subsidiaries of the Company.   Filed herewith
  23.01     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Independent accountants for the Company).   Filed herewith
  31.01     Rule 13a-14(a),15d-14(a) Certification.   Filed herewith
  31.02     Rule 13a-14(a),15d-14(a) Certification.   Filed herewith
  32     Section 1350 Certifications   Filed herewith

93


Table of Contents


 
A. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-64037) filed on September 23, 1998.
 
B. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on May 6, 1999.
 
C. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 14, 1999.
 
D. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on September 15, 1999, and amended on September 29, 2000.
 
E. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on October 15, 1999.
 
F. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 19, 2000 and amended on February 14, 2000.
 
G. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-42620) filed on July 31, 2000.
 
H. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on March 1, 2001.
 
I. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 9, 2001.
 
J. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 24, 2001.
 
K. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2001as amended on Apri l4, 2002.
 
L. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on October 22, 2001.
 
M. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-75490, filed on April 4, 2002.
 
N. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-69721) filed on December 24, 1998.
 
O. Incorporated by reference to Company’s current reports on Form 8-K filed on July 30, 2002.
 
P. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2000 for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2000.
 
Q. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-87296) filed on December 13, 1994.
 
R. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-34487) filed on August 27, 1997.
 
S. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-87194) filed April 29, 2002, as amended May 13, 2002.
 
T. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-88320) filed May 15, 2002.
 
U. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on August 7, 1997.
 
V. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form 10-K filed for the annual period ended September 30, 2001.
 
W. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2001.
 
X. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-67432) filed on August 13, 2001.
 
Y. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed on March 1, 2002.
 
Z. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form 8-A/ A filed on June 4, 2002.
 
AA. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K filed December 13, 2001 for the annual period ended September 30, 2001, as amended on April 2002.
 
BB. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on December 30, 1998 for the year ended September 30, 1998.
 
CC. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on December 29, 1999 for the annual period ended September 30, 1999.
 
DD. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2001 for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001.

94


Table of Contents

 
EE. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-22717) filed on March 4, 1997.
 
FF. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-07313) filed on July 1, 1996.
 
GG. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-61928) filed on May 30, 2001.
 
HH. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-67482 filed on August 13, 2001.
 
II. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on December 21, 2000 for the annual period ended September 30, 2000.
 
JJ. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 1998.
 
KK. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s amendment No. 1 to annual report on Form 10-K/ A filed April 4, 2002 for the annual period ended September 30, 2002.
 
LL. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-33894).
 
MM. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-25217).
 
NN. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-49822).
 
OO. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-74141).
 
PP. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-41067).
 
QQ. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-45063).
 
RR. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-81836).
 
SS. Incorporated by reference to PRI Automation, Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on December 7, 2001 for the annual period ended September 30, 2001, as amended in April 2002.
 
TT. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on December 30, 2002 for the annual period ended September 30, 2002.
 
UU. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on February 14, 2003 for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2002.
 
VV. Incorporated by reference to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on May 13, 2003 for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003.


  *  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**  In accordance with Rule 12b-32 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reference is made to the documents previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which documents are hereby incorporated by reference.

      (b) Reports on Form 8-K

      No report on Form 8-K was filed during the quarterly period ended September 30, 2003.

      A Current Report on Form 8-K was furnished on July 23, 2003, relating to the Company’s press release announcing its financial results for the third quarter ended June 30, 2003.

95


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC.

  By:  /s/ ROBERT J. THERRIEN
 
  Robert J. Therrien,
  Chief Executive Officer

Date: December 2, 2003

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ ROBERT J. THERRIEN

Robert J. Therrien
  Director and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ EDWARD C. GRADY

Edward C. Grady
  Director and President and Chief Operating Officer   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ ROBERT W. WOODBURY, JR

Robert W. Woodbury, Jr.
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ RICHARD C. SMALL

Richard C. Small
  Principal Accounting Officer   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ ROGER D. EMERICK

Roger D. Emerick
  Director   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ AMIN J. KHOURY

Amin J. Khoury
  Director   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ JUERGEN GIESSMANN

Juergen Giessmann
  Director   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ JOSEPH R. MARTIN

Joseph R. Martin
  Director   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ A. CLINTON ALLEN

A. Clinton Allen
  Director   December 2, 2003
 
/s/ JOHN K. MCGILLICUDDY

John K. McGillicuddy
  Director   December 2, 2003

96 EX-10.41 3 b48616baexv10w41.txt EX-10.41 LEASE AGREEMENT - JENOPTIK AG EXHIBIT 10.41 TENANCY AGREEMENT for industrial premises between JENOPTIK AG Carl - Zeiss - Strasse 1 07743 Jena -the "Landlord"- and Brooks-PRI Automation (Germany) GmbH Goschwitzer Strasse 25 07745 Jena -The "Tenant"- following tenancy agreement is concluded: Owner of the rented property is SAALEAUE Immobilien Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Vermietungs KG, Carl-Zeiss-Strasse 1, 07743 Jena. JENOPTIK AG is general tenant of the property and therefore authorized to let the property to the tenant. Property: 07745 Jena, Goschwitzer Strasse 25, building 14 - trade areas - Section 1 Rented Property (1) Rented property are the red areas of building 14, 2nd floor seen in the attached floor plan of the Goschwitzer Str. 25 (attachment 1 of the tenancy agreement) for an area of: 2187 m(2). Proportionate included in the rent are also transport areas, joint use of lavatories as well as the foyers belonging to the property. Parking of objects in this area is not allowed. The outside property is not included. (2) The net floor space without consideration of the partition walls is relevant for the assessment of the rent and the operational and administrative expenses. Neither tenant nor landlord are able to claim modifications of the rent when the given area information in m(2) may deviate up to 3% from the actual area rates. With a deviation of more than 3% the rent is recalculated according to the actual rates. (3) The tenant takes the rented property in the current state. Any additional construction for the use of the property is the business of the tenant. In this connection, the tenant has to inform the landlord in time about decisions, plans and other projects that are required or functional for the construction to assure a proper process. This is also valid for processes of construction made by the tenant as far as after or during the construction accomplished by the landlord further constructional efforts for the completion of the rental property and/or the total construction are required by the landlord. As far as the landowner is constrained by the tenant by default or the non-existing timely co-operation in this connection, the landlord has to inform the tenant in writing. This can lead if necessary to no time displacement of the start of the rent (Section 3 paragraph 1 in this contract) if the landlord has informed the tenant in writing. Furthermore, the tenant has to bear if necessary all additional costs for official applications, permissions and charges in connection to constructions accomplished by the tenant. SECTION 2 USE OF THE PROPERTY (1) The rented property is let to the tenant as the following trade: Development, production, marketing and the trade of equipment of micro manufacturing and related branches. (2) The rented property must only be used for this agreed contractual purpose. Any change in the use of the property during the contractual relationship has to be reported to the landowner via registered mail and needs previous approval of the landowner. (3) On the part of the tenant explosive materials must not be stored and processed. There are no activities allowed that can somehow increase the insurance risk of the property or disagree official orders. (4) When the landowner opts the sales tax, then the tenant has to use the rented property exclusively for attainment rates liable to tax on sales/purchases (Section 9 paragraph 2 UStG). Those obligations are also valid in case of a possible permitted sublet or when let to a third party. SECTION 3 DURATION OF TENANCY/CANCELLATION (1) The tenancy starts on 1st October 2002 (2) The tenancy is a permanent contract. The contracting parties are able to cancel the contract with a period of 6 months from the end of the quarter. (3) Cancellations have to be done by registered mail whereat the particular declaration of one party of contract has to be received by the other party of contract no later than the 3rd working day of the first month of the period of cancellation. The use of Section 545 BGB is impossible. (4) The landowner is able to cancel the contract as from now without an adherence of a cancellation period if there is an important reason. Especially, if the tenant, after written reminders made by the landlord, is in arrears with the payment of rent and additional expenses longer than 2 months; the amount of the arrear is more than 2 monthly rents; the bankruptcy proceeding of the capital of the tenant was instituted or rejected in default of mass; the tenant carries on using the property contrary to the contract despite all written reminders made by the landlord and does not use it for the agreed purposes; if the tenant impinges upon the landlord's rights and lets the complete or parts of the object to a third party unauthorised; or jeopardises the object or the building with the use contrary to the contract or significantly neglects the necessary diligence; if the tenant culpably and vastly violates obligations then a continuation of the tenancy is unreasonable for the landlord. The legal requirements for the right of uncommon cancellations stay unaffected. (5) In case of a cancellation of the contract after paragraph 4 the tenant is liable for the complete or partial loss of the rent and additional expenses as agreed in this contract. This is particularly valid if the rented property stays vacant or has to be let at a lower price after the of the tenant's moving out until the end of the agreed period of tenancy. In this case, the tenant is not able to object that the next tenant wants to conclude a new tenancy if the landlord does not want to conclude a contract with him because of factually comprehensible reasons. Further claims of the landlord stay unaffected. SECTION 4 RENT (1) The rent for the rented property according to Section 1 paragraph 1 is: Monthly basic net rent For areas in wing A and B 1916 m(2) at 8,20 Euro/m(2) 15.711,20 Euro For areas in the rotunda 271 m(2) at 9,20 Euro/m(2) 2.493,20 Euro Net subtotal 18.204,40 Euro Plus VAT (currently 16%) 2.912,70 Euro Total including VAT 21.117,10 Euro Monthly net payment in advance of additional expenses is (from the 1st day according to Section 5 paragraph 3)
currently For areas in wing A and B 1916 m(2) at 2,75 E/m(2) 5.269,00 Euro For areas in the rotunda 271 m(2) at 4,75 E/m(2) 1.287,25 Euro Net subtotal 6.556,25 Euro Plus VAT (currently 16%) 1.049,00 Euro Total including VAT 7.605,25 Euro
(2) Does the consumer price index (basis 1995= 100 points) officially fixed by the German Federal Statistical Office changes 5% or more compared with the status of the time of the conclusion of the contract, every party has the right for a rent modulation with equal percentage relation. This change becomes operative from the month when 5% or more percent were reached. (3) If there is a rent modulation because of the protrusive stable value clause then the clause is applicable again according to the terms of the previous paragraph. According to that, the rent has to be modulated again as soon as there are new consumer price index changes of at least 5%. (4) The landlord has to inform the other party of contract in case of a rent increase and the tenant has to inform the other party in case of a reduction. Those changes have to be presented in a settlement. Does this not happen immediately, this means no abdication of modulation. The tenant defaults with the payment of the increasing amounts and the landlord defaults the refunding of the reduced amount not until the reception of the particular settlement. (5) If the defined index regulation (see paragraph 2) is replaced by a new one during the contract period it has to be changed into new original regulation. The time of this change is the month when the Euro-amount of the index development was modulated ultimately. Payment obligations in the past have to be considered as concluded; because of a new index regulation the paid amount of money won't be retroactively calculated again. SECTION 5 ADDITIONAL EXPENSES (1) The additional expenses that are produced all the time through the proper use of the property, the building, outhouses, the areas and facilities, especially the underground car park and the costs seen in Attachment 3 in Section 27 of the II. Regulation of Calculation are proportionally paid by the tenant. At present, this includes all expenses actually incurred thereby for: a) Running official charges of the property especially property tax b) Expenses for water supply c) Expenses for dewatering d) Expenses for the handling of the heating system including waste gas facility; the handling of the central fuel supply facility; the independent industrial supply of heat, the cleaning and maintenance of single storey heating e) Expenses for the handling of the water supply facility, the industrial independent supply of warm water; the cleaning and maintenance of warm water equipment f) Expenses for connected heating and warm water supply facilities g) Expenses for the handling of automatic lifts for people and loads h) Expenses for street-cleaning and garbage collection as well as the clearance of snow and ice in winter i) Expenses for building cleaning including the basement garage and the professional vermin killing j) Expenses for the maintenance of the outside facilities k) Expenses for lighting l) Expenses for chimney sweeping m) Expenses for general liability insurance and property damage liability insurance n) Expenses for caretaker services o) Expenses for the handling of cable termination and community aerial facilities p) Expenses for the handling of the maintenance of basement garage's technical facilities q) Expenses for security services, for the reception and other expenses as well as the expenses for the property management and proportional costs for the landlord's service and maintenance outside of the property according section 8 paragraph 4. Arising expenses in the property for phone, cleaning and other services have to be contractually arranged by the tenant and directly balanced accounts with the service provider. (2) As far as operating and administrative expenses are not directly paid by the tenant, the tenant has to pay a deposit for those expenses which are appropriate and at equitable discretion of the landlord. The landlord gives a settlement about those expenses not later than 6 months after a settlement period. The tenant has the right to see the settlement's receipts and make copies of that resp. to ask the landlord to make copies of those receipts at the tenant's expenses. The tenant has the right to claim objections in writing within a period of 4 weeks after the settlement's access. The settlement is considered as approved if this does not happen. Possible back pays or overpays have to be balanced within 8 weeks by the tenant after the settlement's access or balanced by the landlord after creating the settlement. The period of settlement is one calendar year. (3) The landlord has the right and duty to assimilate the height of the deposit at equitable discretion in consideration of the actual arising expenses and the settled costs after every annual settlement. The landlord is able to assimilate expenses during the settlement's period after an extraordinary increasing of single types of expenses with an according impact on overall expenses resp. after the initiation of official duties. This is effective from the first day of the month after the increase but by all means after 30 days with previous notification. The landlord has always the right (even effective during the running settlement's period) to arrange a new distribution measure for the additional expenses at equitable discretion as far as it is appropriate. SECTION 6 REGULATION OF THE PAYMENT DATE, PAYMENT AND DELAYED PAYMENT (1) The rent including the deposit for operating and administrative expenses plus VAT has to be paid monthly in advance and exempt from charges by the third working day every month onto the specified account of the landlord. At the beginning of the tenancy it is: Account number: 4153863 C/o HypoVereinsbank Jena Bank code: 83020087 (2) If the tenant defaults the payment of the rent or the deposit for operating and administrative expenses he has to pay default interest amounting to 5% over the particular base rate of the Deutsche Bundesbank with the next due payment for the landlord. SECTION 7 DEPOSIT (1) The tenant has to pay an interest bearing deposit amounting to 3 monthly net rents plus VAT due at the beginning of the tenancy to protect the claims of the landlord in this contract. The deposit can be provided- at tenant's own option- in form of an unlimited, unconditional, directly enforceable guarantee. The deposit has to be increased concerning the same percentage amount as the rent and additional expenses are increased in Section 4 paragraph 1 in this contract. If rent and additional expenses change the tenant has to fill up the deposit given above when the additional amount is at least 250 Euro. (2) A credit of the tenant with claims for back pays from the deposit against due allowances of the landlord during the tenancy is impossible. (3) The landlord is able to take money from the tenant's deposit during the tenancy because of due claims after previous notification of the tenant. The tenant has to refill the deposit by the original amount within 4 weeks after a written order from the landlord. (4) The landlord has to give the deposit/guarantee back immediately to the tenant after the ending of the tenancy if an as far as the tenant fulfils all claims of the landlord appearing in this contract. SECTION 8 CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY/MAINTENANCE OF THE PROPERTY (1) The tenant uses the property i.e. the property is free from defects - concerning the contractually agreed purpose- that could cancel or decrease the value of the property or its suitability for the contractually provided use. (2) The handing over took place on the occasion of a common inspection of the parties. The tenant has accepted the condition of the property as specified in the contract via signing the handover certificate. Damages which can result from remaining construction or other applicable construction for the building's completion that occur in connection with the complete construction measures have to be tolerated by the tenant. This does not authorize him to obtain an abatement of rent. (3) The tenant has to treat the property carefully. The maintenance and service of the property resulting from the use according to regulations have to be paid by the tenant when there are bagatelle repairs up to 150 Euro in an individual case up to a maximum amount of 1,500 Euro per annum plus the applicable VAT at a time. The maximum amount is liable to the agreed regulation for the changing of the rent written in Section 4 paragraph 3. Unaffected of the liability of the tenant for repairing are parts of the outer skin, service on the roof and truss as well as service pipes of the building. Aesthetic repairs have to be carried out professionally at appropriate intervals using materials that fit the standard of the building. If the property areas or any community facility are partly or totally destroyed by constructional fault of supporting building parts, fire, explosion, lightning, storm, force majeure, war impact or other events this Tenancy agreement expires after the landlord announced that the rebuilding takes longer than 3 months. The landlord has to announce this within 2 weeks after the damage. If the contractual use of the destroyed or damaged rooms or areas is not possible any longer the tenant has to pay the rent from the day of the damage. The duty of payment of the hose rent is proportionately inapplicable if the deletion or damage is partly. After the rebuilding the regulations concerning handing over the payment of the rent are valid correspondingly. (4) The tenant has to inform the landlord about any property damages immediately. The tenant is liable to pay compensation for a damage caused by a tardy notification. Service and maintenance of traffic areas outside the property like staircase, access through the basement garage as well as the basement garage itself are the landlord's business who can proportionally claim arising costs within the scope of the settlement of the operational and administrative expenses regulated in Section 5 paragraph 2. (5) The tenant is allowed to make fundamental changes upon and in the property especially rebuilding and fixtures, installations etc. if the landlord previously agreed on it. (6) The landlord is allowed to make reparations without the approval of the tenant if the reparations serve to maintain and complete the building or the property or to avoid imminence or to remove damages. Whereat the operating schedule and the interests of the tenant have to be considered and the landlord has to coordinate the reparations with the tenant. This is also valid for reparations that are not actually necessary but appropriate. In either case, the landlord has to inform the tenant in time and in writing about the start, form and amount of the planned construction. If the tenant has to tolerate those reparations he is not able to obtain an abatement of rent or to claim damages and he doesn't have the right of retention. He just has those rights if the use of the property or parts of it is restricted. (7) The landlord has the right to enter the property at any time or else during the usual office hours. The landlord has to previously inform the contact person- given by the tenant- about this visit as far as possible. SECTION 9 GUARANTEE AND LIABILITY INSURANCE OF OBJECTS BROUGHT BY THE TENANT (1) The assertion of warranty rights on the part of the tenant because of property damages or the landlord's default to remedy deficiencies is impossible if the deficiency is caused by the landlord intentionally or grossly negligent. (2) The tenant is liable for property damages, accessories, facilities and equipment, community areas of the building as well as all areas belonging to the building caused by him, his employees, possible subtenants, customers or suppliers. This is especially valid if there are property interferences caused by the arrangement of equipment or the storage of items. The tenant has to supply evidence that there was no negligence. (3) The tenant has to credit possible damages or claims for damages against assurance benefits that he receives. (4) The application of Section 566 paragraph 2 BGB (German Civil Code) is impossible if the landlord alienates the property or the whole building in the future. (5) The usual building insurances are contracted on the part of the landlord. Rebuilding and fixtures are not included here. The arising costs for a higher insurance on the part of the landlord are paid by the tenant if he asks the landlord for one. (6) For the loss of payments or services on the part of the landlord as contracted caused by strike, superior force or other reason that can't be averted by the landlord the tenant is not entitled to claim for damages or decrease. This is especially valid for breakdown of water, electricity, fuel etc. and results from it. Extraneous cause of a third party like traffic diversions, digging, road blocks, disturbances through noise, smell and dust or similar are not considered as tenancy failure if they are not caused by the landlord. (7) The insurance of objects bought by the tenant is the tenant's business. The landlord is not liable for damages upon those objects and is irrelevant what the damage caused unless the tenant supplies evidence that the landlord culpably caused the damage. SECTION 10 SUMMATION/RIGHT TO RETAIN The tenant is only able to charge up due rent payments and allowances from operational and administrative expenses against counterclaims that are unquestioned and legally established. The assertion of the right of retention and refusal of services is impossible unless they are based on counterclaims that are unquestioned and legally established. SECTION 11 ARRANGEMENT OF MACHINES, SUPPLY AND USAGE OF HEATING, VENTILATION, ELECTRICITY AND OTHER SERVICES (1) The tenant has to be informed by the landlord about the permitted weight of the floor ceilings and get the permission from the landlord before the arranging of machines on the rented property. The tenant is solely responsible and liable to pay compensation if there are any damages caused by an exceedance of this permitted weight. (2) Machines have to be removed on the landlord's request if they affect the property aversely like cracks in the walls caused by concussions. (3) The basis heating and/or the air condition have to operate according to the particular demands of all tenants and the common operation hours. Room air facilities- if existent- have to be operated year-round. The regulations of the DIN are valid for the room temperature. If a tenant does not use the heating etc. he still has to pay the additional expenses. (4) The available mains for electricity- including possible phone, data or aerial wirings-, gas, water and heating etc can only be engaged by the tenant if the available facilities are not overloaded. The tenant is able to satisfy an increased demand by means of an expansion of the supply pipes at his own expenses after the previous approval of the landlord in writing. The landlord also has to approve in writing if there is a relocation of other mains on the property. (5) The tenant has to arrange an immediate shut down and has to inform the landlord in case of damages or disturbances on the supply pipes. The tenant himself has to delete immediately imminent danger in case of danger in delay. Further damage clearance is arranged by the landlord as far as the service and maintenance has to be done by the tenant according to this contract. If this is not the case, the landlord also has to pay for the clearance of imminent danger. For the avoidance of extremely dangerous moments outside the usual working hours, the tenant has to name a liable contact person and has to make necessary completions for this in time resp. if and under which circumstances the landlord and the necessary damage staff get access to the property. (6) Paragraph is missing in the German contract! (7) Waste caused by the tenant's industrial work -unless it's no office or bulky waste- are not allowed to be thrown into the trash bins that are provided by the landlord for general wants. The tenant himself has to take care of this specific waste. Domestic waste has to be chopped up and has to be binned into the positioned trash bins. The tenant has to use facilities for waste disposals (like water paper, paper board container, glass, plastics) if they exist. Independent from that, the tenant has to bring hazardous waste (like batteries, paint, oil) to public collecting points. The tenant has to dispose any contaminations on the property caused by transport or other actions. SECTION 12 SUBLETTING (1) The tenant must not let the property to a third party without the written approval of the landlord. The approval must not be refused by the landlord unless there are important issues that speak for a refusal. An important issue are: if the particular subtenant does not sublet the property to contractors (for the purpose of the sales tax regulation) who solely use the property for exchange that does not exclude input VAT. The permission is only valid for the individual case and can be cancelled at any time because of important reasons. (2) If the landlord nevertheless sublets to other contractors who make exchanges which exclude input VAT, the landlord will increase the rent for the property area for the claim incurred. Further claims on the part of the landlord will remain unaffected hereof. (3) The tenant already now assigns the appropriate claims to the landlord concerning a possible subletting and the connected claims together with the lien amounting to the rent claims of the landlord. SECTION 13 RETURN OF THE PROPERTY (1) The tenant has to relegate the property into its original state- in case of structural alterations- when the tenancy ends. The tenant has to pay, on the landlord's request, the amount of money for a deconstruction estimated by an architect instead of a construction on the part of the tenant. Besides, the tenant has to give back the property in the state corresponding to the fulfillment of his duties regulated in Section 8 Paragraph 3. (2) The tenant has to give back the property clean swept when the tenancy ends. All keys have to be given back to the landlord for free, also the keys that were made at the expenses of the tenant. (3) The landlord has the right to open the property, get it cleaned and repaired if needed by a professional company and make new locks and keys at the expenses of the tenant. This is valid if the tenant does not fulfil his incumbent duties after an effectless period of grace connected with a refusal menace on the part of the landlord. (4) If the tenant does not leave the property in time he is reliable for all damages caused through this. The landlord can claim up to 3 monthly rents as compensation without supplying evidence of the causal connection between the behaviour of the tenant and the occurred damage. Further claims on the part of the landlord that need proof remain unaffected hereof. The tenant has to prove if there was no damage at all or if the damage was of much lower amount. (5) Rebuildings and fixtures which were not removed belong to the landlord afterwards without any compensation payment for the tenant. (6) Outdoor advertising has to be removed at the expenses of the tenant until the return of the property. The landlord or a third party are able to make necessary reparations at the expenses of the tenant after an appropriate appointment of time and a period of grace connected with a refusal menace, if the tenant does not fulfil his duty or not in time. (7) The tenant has to tolerate the application of tenancy posters onto windows or other appropriate locations and to permit inspections of interested tenancy parties during the last 3 months of the tenancy. SECTION 14 JURISDICTION REGULATION Place of performance and solely jurisdiction for all regulations in this contract -- as far as legally permitted -- is Jena. SECTION 15 FINAL CLAUSES (1) Changes, completions and subsidiary agreements connected to this contract need to be in writing in order to be considered as valid. If the members of the parties make such agreements verbally, telephonically or in writing, they do need in any case the written confirmation of the landlord's management in order to consider the agreement as valid. (2) If a regulation in this contract is ineffective or questionable this does not affect the validity of the other regulations; in this case, the parties should make new contractual agreements that correspond to the ineffective or questionable regulation. This is also valid for loopholes. (3) This contract is also obligatory for possible legal successors of the parties. (4) Regulations of the BGB (German Civil Code) are valid if the tenancy is not regulated in this contract. (5) The landlord agrees that the tenant saves the data -required for the execution of the contract- in files and maintain those in a data pool for the purpose of central administration. (6) The landlord is able to enact house rules for individual buildings resp. for the industrial object as a whole that regulate all issues concerning the users of the tenancy, community facilities and other related business. (7) The tenant is able to rent storing positions, telephone mainlines and communicating equipment. A corresponding contractual proposal is submitted separately at the request of the tenant. (8) The outline tenancy agreement of 15th April 1997 is overruled by this tenancy. Jena, 17th Oktober 2002 ______________________ __________________________ Landlord Tenant
EX-10.42 4 b48616baexv10w42.txt EX-10.42 LEASE AGREEMENT - JORENT TECHNO GMBH(1/2) EXHIBIT 10.42 TENANCY AGREEMENT FOR INDUSTRIAL PREMISES BETWEEN JORENT TECHNO GmbH CARL-ZEISS-STRASSE 1 07743 JENA (AS LANDLORD) AND BROOKS-PRI AUTOMATION (GERMANY) GmbH GOSCHWITZER STRASSE 25 07745 JENA (AS TENANT) THE FOLLOWING TENANCY AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO: Owner of the let property is LEUTRA SAALE Gewerbegrundstucksgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG, Carl-Zeiss-Strasse 1 in 07743 Jena. JORENT Techno GmbH is the general tenant of the property and as such is authorised to let the rental property to the Tenant. RENTAL PROPERTY: HALL 1/2 KONRAD-ZUSE-STRASSE 8 IN 07745 JENA (INDUSTRIAL AREAS) 1 CLAUSE 1 RENTAL PROPERTY (1) The rental property comprises the areas marked in colour in the floor plans of Hall 1 attached to this Tenancy Agreement as APPENDIX 1 and APPENDIX 2, for a TOTAL AREA OF 1,113 m(2) (2) The net floor space of the hall, ignoring the separating areas, is applicable for the purposes of determining the rent and the allocation of operating and management expenses. Any divergence of the stated areas in m(2) up to 3% from the actual situation shall not be grounds for entitlement to change the rent, either for the Landlord or for the Tenant. In the event of divergence greater than 3%, the rent shall be re-calculated in accordance with the actual situation. (3) The Tenant shall take over the rented premises in their present state. All further building work required for the purpose of the rental is the Tenant's responsibility. In this respect the Tenant is obliged to inform the Landlord, to the extent required by the construction procedures, of decisions, planning documentation and other specifications that are necessary or expedient for its building work, or to provide these to the Landlord, in sufficient time that the construction procedure is not hindered. This shall apply accordingly to the extent that, after or during the extension work to be carried out by the Landlord, further construction work is to be carried out by the Landlord in order to finish the rental property and/or the overall building work, for carrying out the construction work itself on the Tenant's side. To the extent that the Landlord is hindered in this respect by the Tenant through omission, or co-operation that is not provided in due time, this must be notified by the Landlord to the Tenant in writing. Hindrances resulting from omission, or from co-operation that is not provided in due time, shall not, if applicable, lead to a corresponding postponement of the start of the rental period as defined in Clause 3 (1) of this Agreement, if the Landlord has notified the hindrances to the Tenant in writing. In addition, the Tenant shall assume as required all the costs for official applications, approvals and charges associated with its own building work. Additional keys for the rented premises and/or communal areas may not be made without the written consent of the Landlord. Additional keys are to be handed over to the Landlord at the end of the rental period. The Landlord shall not be liable to reimburse the cost of making the keys when they are handed over. 2 CLAUSE 2 PURPOSE OF THE RENTAL (1) The rental property shall be let to the Tenant for operation as the following trade: OFFICE, ASSEMBLY AND STORAGE AREA (2) The rental property may only be used for the contractually agreed purpose. Any change to the usage type during the period of the contractual relationship shall be notified to the Landlord by registered letter and requires the prior approval of the Landlord. (3) On the part of the Tenant, no explosive materials may be stored or processed, and no activities may be carried out that in any way involve an increase in the insurance risk for the rental property, and/or contravene official regulations. (4) To the extent that the Landlord has opted for sales tax, the Tenant is obliged to use the rental property exclusively for generating turnover subject to sales tax (Section 9 (2) UStG [Sales Tax Act]) within the scope of its business operations. These obligations also apply in the event of any permitted sub-letting or transfer to third parties for use. CLAUSE 3 RENTAL PERIOD / TERMINATION (1) The tenancy shall commence on 1 MAY 2003. (2) The tenancy is for an indefinite period. The parties to the agreement may terminate the tenancy with a period of notice of 6 MONTHS TO THE END OF A QUARTER. (3) Notice of termination must be served by registered letter, with the declaration being received by the other party by the third working day of the first month of the period of notice at the latest. Application of Section 545 BGB [German Civil Code] is excluded. (4) The Landlord may terminate the Tenancy Agreement with immediate effect without observing a period of notice, if major cause exists; in particular if, after written reminder by the Landlord, any of the following conditions apply: the Tenant is in 3 arrears with payment of the rent or ancillary charges for more than two months to an amount exceeding two month's rent; bankruptcy or composition proceedings are initiated on the Tenant's assets, or rejected due to lack of assets; the Tenant continues a use of the rental property that is contrary to contract, despite a written reminder by the Landlord, or does not use it for the agreed purpose; the Tenant infringes the Landlord's rights to a substantial extent, in particular by transferring the rental property without permission to a third party, in whole or in part; or significantly compromises the rental property or the building through usage contrary to contract or neglect of the care which it (the Tenant) owes; or if the Tenant breaches its obligations culpably and to such an extent that it is no longer reasonable for the Landlord to accept continuation of the tenancy. This is without prejudice to statutory provisions concerning the right to extraordinary termination. (5) In the event of termination of the Agreement under paragraph (4), the Tenant shall be liable for the whole or partial loss of the rent, ancillary charges and other payments agreed under this contract. This shall apply in particular if the rental property remains unoccupied or has to be rented out more cheaply after the Tenant leaves until the end of the agreed rental period. In such a case the Tenant cannot argue that the next tenant is prepared to conclude a new tenancy agreement if the Landlord is not willing to enter into a contract with the latter for logical objective reasons. This is without prejudice to further claims for compensation on the part of the Landlord. CLAUSE 4 RENT (1) The rent for the rental areas as defined in Clause 1 (1) is initially: From 1 May 2003, the monthly basic net rent is: For the overall rental area.................. 1,113m(2) = 15,300 EUR Net amount................................... 15,300 EUR Plus VAT, currently 16%...................... 2,448 EUR Gross rent................................... 17,748 EUR
The following agreements are also made: By agreement with and on the request of the Tenant, and with due consideration of 4 delivery deadlines, approval periods, etc., the Landlord shall provide the following services promptly after receiving the Agreement signed by the Tenant: 1. Extension of the existing air-conditioning system by the addition of appropriate humidification. Cost shall be borne by the Landlord without allocation to the rent. 2. Extension of the existing air-conditioning system in the clean-room area by 100 KW on the basis of the quotation from the Brockmann company dated 8 July 2003. The Landlord shall finance the cost of approx. EUR 100,000 in advance. 3. Commissioning the work required on the electrical system in order to meet the conditions to extend the air-conditioning system to 200 KW if required. The Landlord shall finance the cost of approx. EUR 40,000 in advance. 4. The Brooks company shall pay 40% of the basic rent of EUR 15,300 net plus VAT as stated in Clause 4(1) until completion of the technical equipping of the clean-room areas in accordance with points 1. to 3. above, with retro-active effect to the start of the Tenancy Agreement. 5. After completion of the work specified under points 2. and 3., the total cost (maximum EUR 150,000) shall be apportioned to the rent in monthly instalments over a period of 10 years. Once the total cost has been submitted, an amendment to the Tenancy Agreement shall be prepared with the exact figures. 6. In the event that the Agreement terminates prior to the end of 10 years after the start of the apportionment for reasons that the Landlord is not responsible for (e.g. termination without notice as a result of rent arrears), the residual amount of the investment, plus the costs for installation of the humidification of approx. EUR 25,000, which had not been financed via the monthly instalments, shall become due at the end of the Agreement in one lump-sum.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ From 1 May 2003, the monthly net payment on account for operating expenses is: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ For the overall rental area under Clause 5 (3) currently 1,113 m(2) = 3,979.50 EUR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Plus VAT, currently 16% 636.72 EUR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Gross payment on account 4,616.22 EUR ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) If the Consumer Price Index for Germany (basis in 2000 = 100 points), as officially determined and published by the Federal Office of Statistics for the Federal Republic of Germany, changes overall by 5% or more in comparison with the level at the time of concluding the Agreement, each party to the contract has a right to adjustment of 5 the rent in the same percentage proportion. This change shall be effective from the month in which 5% and more has been reached. If the parties to the contract do not reach agreement within 2 months from assertion of the demand for adjustment, the adjusted amount can be determined by the Landlord at its discretion within the scope of legal admissibility under Section 315 BGB [German Civil Code]. (3) If the rent is adjusted as a result of the above index clause, the clause shall apply again in accordance with the provisions of the previous paragraph and the rent is to be re-adjusted accordingly as soon as the above-mentioned cost-of-living index changes again by at least 5%. (4) The Landlord (in the case of an increase in rent) or the Tenant (in the case of a reduction) must inform the other party of this change by submitting a statement. If this is not done immediately, it does not mean that the adjustment has been waived. The Tenant does not come into arrears with payment of the increased amounts, however, and the Landlord does not come into arrears with refunding the reduced amounts, until receipt of the respective statement. (5) If the indexing arrangement as set forth in paragraph (2) is replaced by a new one during the term of the Agreement, it will be necessary to transfer to a new original arrangement. The time of the transition is the month from which the Euro amount of the index trend was adjusted for the last time. Payment obligations from the past are to be considered completed; the amounts of money paid shall not be re-calculated with retro-active effect once again because of new arrangements for the index. CLAUSE 5 OPERATING AND MANAGEMENT EXPENSES (1) Operating and management expenses incurred by the Landlord through the intended use of the rental property described in Clause 1 (1) are to be borne pro rata by the Tenant, in particular including the expenditure formulated in Appendix 3 to Clause 27 of the II Charging Regulation, to the extent that they are actually incurred in the rental property, for: a) the on-going public charges on the land, especially the tax on real estate, b) the cost of the water supply, 6 c) the cost of drainage, d) the cost of operating the central heating system in the hall, including the flue gas system; operating the central fuel supply system; the self-contained commercial supply of heat, cleaning and maintaining self-contained central heating, e) the cost of operating the central water supply system based on consumption as measured, f) the cost of interconnected heating and warm-water supply systems, g) the cost of operating mechanical passenger lifts and goods lifts, h) the cost of street-cleaning and the cost of clearing snow and ice in winter, i) the cost of cleaning the building and of disinfestation, j) the cost of maintaining external facilities, k) the cost of power supply, e.g. lighting, power current, l) the cost of chimney-cleaning, unless covered by points d; e; f, m) the cost of property insurance and liability insurance for the building, n) the cost of caretaker services, o) the cost of operating the communal antenna system or a cable connection, p) the cost of operating and maintaining the technical facilities, q) the cost of security services, and the cost of property management, r) other operating costs, e.g.: - gutter cleaning - maintaining and operating the fire alarm system - maintaining fire extinguishers (checking / changing the extinguishing material) - maintaining and inspecting lightning conductor systems as well as the pro rata costs of the maintenance and repair work to be carried out by the Landlord outside the rental property in accordance with Clause 8 (4). The Tenant shall enter into contracts directly with utility companies for the supply / disposal of water / sewage and heating. The expenses incurred in the rental premises for telephone, cleaning and other services are to be regulated by contract between the Tenant and the service providers, and settled directly with the latter. 7 (2) To the extent that operating and management expenses are not borne directly by the Tenant, the Tenant shall make a reasonable monthly payment on account for the operating and management expenses, set by the Landlord at its discretion. The Landlord shall issue a statement covering these expenses six months after a statement period at the latest. The Tenant is entitled to inspect the documents on which the statement is based and to make copies of these documents, or to request them from the Landlord at its own expense. The Tenant is entitled to assert objections in writing within a time limit of four weeks after receipt of the statement. Any additional payments or over-payments are to be settled within eight weeks by the Tenant (after receipt of the statement) or by the Landlord (after issue of the statement). The statement period is deemed to be the calendar year. (3) The Landlord has the right and the duty to adjust appropriately the amount of the payment on account at its own discretion while taking into account the expenses that are actually incurred and settled after each annual statement; in the event of extraordinary rises in particular cost types with the corresponding impact on the overall costs, or if new public levies are introduced, the Landlord is also entitled to adjustment during a statement period with effect to the first day of the month following the increase, although in any case after 30 days with prior announcement. The Landlord is entitled, at any time and even with effect for the statement period that is current at the time, to establish at its discretion a new distribution method for the operating costs (in whole or for individual cost types), provided this is appropriate. CLAUSE 6 DUE DATE ARRANGEMENTS, PAYMENT AND ARREARS OF PAYMENT (1) The rent, including the payment on account for the operating and management expenses plus sales tax (VAT), is due for payment monthly in advance, exempt from charges, by the third working day of each month at the latest, to the account indicated by the Landlord. At the start of the rental, this account is: Account No.: 41 53 863 c/o HypoVereinsbank Jena Sort Code: 830 200 87 (2) If the Tenant gets into arrears with payment of the rent or the payment on account for the operating and management expenses, it shall be obliged to pay default interest of 8 4% above the prevailing base rate of interest with the payment that is next due to the Landlord. CLAUSE 7 PROVISION OF A SECURITY (1) The Tenant shall provide an interest-bearing deposit of two months' rent including payment on account for operating costs plus VAT for the purpose of covering all of the Landlord's claims arising from this Agreement. The deposit can also be provided in the form of an indefinite, unconditional and directly enforceable bank guarantee, at the Tenant's option. The deposit is to be increased in the same percentage as the rent as agreed in Clause 4 of this Agreement and/or the payments on account for operating and management expenses as determined. If the rent and/or operating expenses change, the Tenant must top up the security payment in the way indicated above, as soon as the amount to be added is at least EUR 250. (2) Offsetting on the part of the Tenant using the claim for repayment arising from the deposit against accounts receivable by the Landlord during the rental period is excluded. (3) The Landlord can settle its due claims from the deposit after informing the Tenant in advance even during the tenancy. In this circumstance the Tenant is obliged to increase the deposit total back to the original amount within four weeks after written demand by the Landlord. (4) The Landlord must hand over the deposit / guarantee to the Tenant immediately after ending of the tenancy, if and to the extent that the Tenant has met all the claims of the Landlord arising from this Agreement. CLAUSE 8 STATE OF THE RENTED PREMISES / MAINTENANCE OF THE RENTAL PROPERTY (1) The Tenant makes use of the rental property, i.e. the rental property is in a state suitable for the contractually agreed purpose and is free of defects that nullify or reduce the value of the rental property or its suitability for the contractually agreed purpose. 9 (2) The handover took place at the time of a joint inspection by the parties. On signing the handover certificate, the Tenant has acknowledged the condition of the rental property as specified in the contract. The Tenant must tolerate adverse effects arising from remaining work or other construction work relating to completion of the building as part of the overall project. These adverse effects do not entitle the Tenant to a reduction in rent. (3) The Tenant is obliged to treat the rental property with care. The maintenance and repair of the rental property caused by use as specified must be performed by the Tenant up to EUR 150.00 in a single case in the case of minor repairs, up to a maximum amount of EUR 1,500.00 per year, plus the prevailing sales tax (VAT). This maximum amount is subject to the provision agreed in Clause 4 (3) on altering the rent. The Tenant's obligation to repair does not include parts of the exterior shell, repair work to the roof and the building's service pipes. Redecorating is to be carried out professionally at appropriate intervals using materials that correspond to the standard of the rental property. If the rented areas or any communal facilities are destroyed or damaged, in whole or in part, through design errors in the supporting building parts, fire, explosion, lightning, storm, force majeure, war or other events, this Tenancy Agreement shall lapse after the Landlord has declared that it will not re-build within 3 months. The Landlord undertakes to issue this declaration within 2 weeks after the loss has arisen. If it is no longer possible to use the damaged or destroyed premises or areas as per the contract, the Tenant's obligation to pay the rent shall cease from the date of the loss event. (4) The Tenant shall notify the Landlord promptly of damage to the rental property. The Tenant shall be liable to pay compensation for loss caused through not notifying in tune. Maintenance and repair of the roads outside the rental property are the Landlord's responsibility, which can require reimbursement of the expenses incurred in this respect in the context of the statement on the operating and management expenses pro rata from the Tenant subject to the provisions of Clause 5 (2). (5) Substantial alterations to and in the rented premises by the Tenant, in particular conversions and fixtures, installations, etc., may only be undertaken by the Tenant with the prior consent of the Landlord. 10 (6) The Landlord may make improvements and constructional alterations which become necessary for the maintenance or extension of the building or rental property or to prevent imminent hazards or repair damage, even without the consent of the Tenant. Nonetheless, while carrying out the work required for this purpose, the operational procedures and the interests of the Tenant are to be taken into consideration and the Landlord must co-ordinate the relevant measures with the Tenant. This also applies to work and building that, although not necessary, are expedient to carry out. The Landlord must in any case notify the Tenant about the nature and scope of the proposed work in writing in good time prior to the work being carried out. To the extent that the Tenant must tolerate the corresponding work, it can neither reduce the rent nor demand compensation nor exercise a right of retention. The Tenant shall only be entitled to these rights if, as a result of the measures, it is only possible to make restricted use of the rental property or parts thereof. (7) The Landlord is entitled to enter the rental property at any time for major cause, otherwise during normal business hours. If possible, the Landlord must inform the contact person designated by the Tenant in advance of its visit. CLAUSE 9 WARRANTY AND LIABILITY INSURANCE OF THE TENANT'S OBJECTS BROUGHT INTO THE PROPERTY (1) The Tenant is barred from asserting warranty rights arising from a defect in the rental property or due to delay by the Landlord in remedying a defect, provided the defect was not caused by the Landlord intentionally or with gross negligence. This is without prejudice to the Tenant's claim for remedying the defect. (2) The Tenant shall be liable for damage to the rental property, its fittings, facilities and installations, the communal areas of the building and all the facilities belonging to the building by itself, its employees, any sub-tenants, customers and suppliers. This shall apply in particular for any impairment of the rental property through setting up equipment or through storing items. The Tenant is responsible for proving that culpable conduct was not involved. (3) The Tenant must deduct any amounts that it receives from insurance payments, or could have received on taking out the appropriate insurance agreements, from any loss or claims for compensation. 11 (4) If the Landlord should sell the rental property or the entire building in the future, the application of Section 566 (2) BGB [German Civil Code] is excluded. (5) The Landlord shall take out the normal buildings insurance policies, which shall not cover fixtures and extensions on the part of the Tenant. The Tenant shall bear the appropriate cost of a higher level of insurance by the Landlord, if requested by the Tenant. (6) The Tenant is not entitled to either compensation or rent reduction in the event of failure of the Landlord's services agreed in this contract as a result of strike, force majeure and other reasons that the Landlord cannot avert. This applies in particular to the failure of water, electricity, fuel, etc., and the consequences thereof. The external actions of third parties, e.g. traffic diversions, excavations, road blockages, noise/smell/dust pollution or similar, are not grounds, irrespective of the extent, for a deficiency in the rental property, provided they are not the responsibility of the Landlord. (7) It is the Tenant's responsibility to insure the Tenant's objects brought into the property. The Landlord shall not be liable for loss or damage to these objects brought into the property, regardless of the reason for the loss, unless the Tenant proves that the Landlord has culpably caused the loss or damage. (8) Loss of keys is to be notified immediately to the management or the Landlord. If a central locking system is installed in the property, the Landlord can demand restoration of the full functionality of the central locking system. The costs incurred shall be charged to the Tenant. CLAUSE 10 OFFSETTING / RIGHTS OF RETENTION The Tenant may only offset against claims for rent that is due, and claims arising from payments on account of operating and management expenses, using those counter-claims that are undisputed or established with legal force. The assertion of retention rights, and rights to withhold performance, are excluded unless they are based on counter-claims that are undisputed or established with legal force. 12 CLAUSE 11 SETTING UP MACHINERY, PROVISION AND USE OF HEATING, VENTILATION, ELECTRICITY AND OTHER SERVICES (1) Prior to setting up machinery and equipment in the rented premises, the Tenant must enquire about the permitted load on the ceilings from the Landlord and obtain the latter's permission for installation. If, as a result of exceeding this permissible limit on the load, the Tenant or Landlord or a third parry sustains any injury or loss, the Tenant shall be solely responsible and liable to pay compensation. (2) Furthermore, the machinery and equipment must be removed at the request of the Landlord if adverse effects on the property become apparent, e.g. through cracks in the walls resulting from shaking. (3) The basic heating system and/or the air-conditioning system shall be kept running during the normal operating period depending on the requirements of the tenants as a whole. Air-conditioning systems (if present) shall be operated throughout the year. DIN stipulations shall apply to the room temperature. If a tenant does not make any use of the heating etc., this shall not provide exemption from the obligation to share in the costs. (4) The existing mains networks for electricity (including any existing cabling for phone, data and antenna), gas, water and heating etc. may only be used by the Tenant to an extent that does not cause an overload of the existing facilities. The Tenant can cover its additional needs by expanding the supply lines at its own expense, with the prior written consent of the Landlord. Re-locating any other mains networks within the rental property or building also requires the written consent of the Landlord. (5) In the event of disruption or damage to the supply lines, the Tenant must ensure that they are switched off immediately and must inform the Landlord. In the event of danger in delay, the Tenant itself is obliged to ensure removal of the immediate hazard at once. The Landlord shall arrange for further clearance of the damage unless the Tenant is responsible for maintenance and repair under this Agreement. If this is not the case, the Landlord must also bear the cost of immediate removal of the hazard. For the purpose of preventing exceptional potential dangers outside normal working hours, the Tenant shall designate a responsible contact person for the Landlord and 13 make the necessary additions in good time, or whether and under what circumstances the Landlord is granted access to the rented premises with the required disaster staff. (6) Waste from the Tenant's trade activities (provided it does not involve office waste and bulky waste) may not be tipped into the rubbish bins provided by the Landlord for general use, but must be removed by the Tenant itself. Ordinary waste is to be reduced to small pieces and emptied into the containers provided. If there are facilities to dispose of the waste according to different types, e.g. used paper, cardboard boxes, glass, plastics, the Tenant must use them. Irrespective of this, the Tenant must take special waste such as batteries, paint, oil, to public collection points. If contamination is caused on the site during transport or other activities, the Tenant must remove these immediately. CLAUSE 12 SUB-LETTING (1) The Tenant is not authorised to sub-let the rental property or transfer use to third parties in any other way, without the written consent of the Landlord. Permission may not be refused by the Landlord unless there is a significant reason for refusing permission to the sub-tenant or the sector which it represents. A significant reason exists in particular in a case where the sub-tenant does not sub-let to businesses within the meaning of the UStG [Sales Tax Act], which use the site/building exclusively for turnover which does not exclude deduction of input tax, or intend to use it for such purpose. The permission that is granted applies only to the particular case and can be revoked at any time for significant reason in this case too. (2) Should the Tenant nevertheless sub-let to other businesses which generate turnover that excludes deduction of input tax, the rent for this rented area shall be increased by the amount of the loss incurred for the Landlord. This is without prejudice to more extensive claims on the part of the Landlord. (3) In the eventuality of subletting, the Tenant assigns to the Landlord now at this stage as security the claims to which it is entitled against the sub-tenant, in addition to liens in the amount of the Landlord's rent claim. CLAUSE 13 RETURN OF THE RENTAL PROPERTY 14 (1) When the tenancy ends, the Tenant is obliged, to the extent that it has made constructional changes to the rental property, to revert the rental property to its original state. At the request of the Landlord, the Tenant is obliged to pay to the Landlord the amount of the relevant deconstruction costs, as calculated on the basis of an architect's estimate corresponding to the appropriate standards, instead of carrying out the respective building work. Otherwise the Tenant is obliged to return the rental property in a state meeting its obligation under Clause 8 (3). (2) The Tenant-must return the rental property swept clean on ending of the Agreement. All keys, including those that were made by the Tenant at its own cost, are to be handed over to the Landlord without any charge. (3) If the Tenant does not fulfil the obligations incumbent upon it, the Landlord may, after a period of grace associated with the threat of exclusion has expired without effect, have the rented premises opened, cleaned and redecorated, or have this work carried out by a specialist firm, and have new locks and keys fitted, all at the expense of the Tenant. (4) The Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for all losses arising from the rented premises not being vacated in good time. The Landlord may demand loss of rent for up to three months as compensation without having to prove the causal relationship between the Tenant's actions and the loss which occurred. This is without prejudice to further claims for compensation to be proved by the Landlord in terms of the reasons and the amount The Tenant is at liberty to prove that a loss did not occur or to a substantially lower extent. (5) Fixtures and conversions that have not been removed shall become the property of the Landlord without compensation being payable to the Tenant. (6) The Tenant must remove external advertising at its own expense by the handover of the rented premises. If the Tenant does not meet this obligation, or not in good time, the Landlord may, after setting a reasonable period of grace associated with the threat of exclusion, undertake this work itself at the expense of the Tenant, or have it done by third parties. 15 (7) During the last three months of the tenancy, the Tenant must permit "To let" signs be applied to windows or other suitable locations, and allow the property to be inspected by parties interested in renting it. CLAUSE 14 JURISDICTION AGREEMENT To the extent permissible under the law, Jena shall be the place of performance and exclusive jurisdiction for all obligations arising from this Agreement. CLAUSE 15 FINAL PROVISIONS (1) Amendments, additions and ancillary agreements to this Agreement must be in writing in order to be effective. If this correspondence is conducted verbally, by phone or in writing between the employees of the parties, such agreements require at all events written confirmation by senior management at the Landlord's in order to be effective. (2) Should a provision of this Agreement be ineffective or contestable, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions; in a case of this type, the parties must make new contractual agreements which correspond to the provision that has become ineffective or contestable. The same applies to gaps/loopholes in the Agreement. (3) This Agreement is also binding on any legal successors of the parties. (4) To the extent that the tenancy is not regulated in this Agreement, the provisions of the BGB [German Civil Code] shall apply. (5) The Tenant consents that the Landlord shall store the data required for drawing up the Agreement in files and shall hold this information in data collections for the purpose of central administration. (6) The Landlord is entitled to issue "Rules of the house" for the individual buildings and/or for the industrial property as a whole, which includes regulation of the users of the rented property, the communal facilities and other matters affecting all tenants. 16 (7) The Tenant shall receive the option of renting parking places, telephone connections and communication devices. A quotation covering this shall be submitted separately to the Tenant on request. JENA, JENA, --------------------- --------------------- JORENT TECHNO GmbH BROOKS-PRI AUTOMATION (GERMANY) GmbH /s/ Robert W. Woodbury _________________________ -------------------------- (Landlord) (Tenant) 17
EX-10.43 5 b48616baexv10w43.txt EX-10.43 LEASE AGREEMENT - JORENT TECHNO GMBH (1) EXHIBIT 10.43 TENANCY AGREEMENT FOR INDUSTRIAL PREMISES BETWEEN JORENT TECHNO GmbH CARL - ZEISS - STRASSE 1 07743 JENA -THE "LANDLORD"- AND BROOKS-PRI AUTOMATION (GERMANY) GmbH GOSCHWITZER STRASSE 25 07745 JENA -THE "TENANT"- FOLLOWING TENANCY AGREEMENT IS CONCLUDED: Owner of the rented property is LEUTRA SAALE Gewerbegrundstucksgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG, Carl- Zeiss- Strasse 1 in 07743 Jena, Germany. Jorent Techno GmbH is general tenant of the property and therefore authorized to let the property to the tenant. PROPERTY: HALL 1, KONRAD-ZUSE-STRAssE 8, 07745 JENA -TRADE AREAS- SECTION 1 RENTED PROPERTY (1) Rented property is the coloured area seen in the attached floor plan of hall 1 (attachment 1 and 2 of the tenancy agreement) for the total area of: 1.113 m(2). (2) The net floor space without consideration of the partition walls is relevant for the assessment of the rent and the operational and administrative expenses. Neither tenant nor landlord are able to claim modifications of the rent when the given area information in m(2) may deviate up to 3% from the actual area rates. With a deviation of more than 3 % the rent is recalculated according to the actual rates. (3) The tenant takes the rented property in the current state. Any additional construction for the use of the property is the business of the tenant. In this connection, the tenant has to inform the landlord in time about decisions, plans and other projects that are required or functional for the construction to assure a proper process. This is also valid for processes of construction made by the tenant as far as after or during the ponstruction accomplished by the landlord further constructional efforts for the completion of the rented property and/or the total construction are required by the landlord. As far as the landowner is constrained by the tenant by default or the non-existing timely co-operation in this connection, the landlord has to inform the tenant in writing. This can lead if necessary to no time displacement of the start of the rent (Section 3 paragraph 1 in this contract) if the landlord has informed the tenant in writing. Furthermore, the tenant has to bear if necessary all additional costs for official applications, permissions and charges in connection to constructions accomplished by the tenant. SECTION 2 USE OF THE PROPERTY (1) The rented property is let to the tenant as the following trade: OFFICE, INSTALLATION AND STORAGE AREAS (2) The rented property must only be used for this agreed contractual purpose. Any change in the use of the property during the contractual relationship has to be reported to the landowner via registered mail and needs previous approval of the landowner. (3) On the part of the tenant explosive materials must not be stored and processed. There are no activities allowed that can somehow increase the insurance risk of the property or disagree official orders. (4) When the landowner opts the sales tax, then the tenant has to use the rented property exclusively for attainment rates liable to tax on sales/purchases (Section 9 paragraph 2 UStG). Those obligations are also valid in case of a possible permitted sublet or when let to a third party. SECTION 3 DURATION OF TENANCY/CANCELLATION (1)The tenancy starts on 1st May 2003 (2)The tenancy is a permanent contract. The contracting parties are able to cancel the contract with a period of 6 months from the end of the quarter. (3)Cancellations have to be done by registered mail whereat the particular declaration of one party of contract has to be received by the other party of contract no later than the 3rd working day of the first month of the period of cancellation. The use of Section 545 BGB is impossible. (4) The landowner is able to cancel the contract as from now without an adherence of a cancellation period if there is an important reason. Especially, if the tenant, after written reminders made by the landlord, is in arrears with the payment of rent and additional expenses longer than 2 months; the amount of the arrear is more than 2 monthly rents; the bankruptcy proceeding of the capital of the tenant was instituted or rejected in default of mass; the tenant carries on using the property contrary to the contract despite all written reminders made by the landlord and does not use it for the agreed purposes; if the tenant impinges upon the landlord's rights and lets the complete or parts of the object to a third party unauthorised; or jeopardises the object or the building with the use contrary to the contract or significantly neglects the necessary diligence; if the tenant culpably and vastly violates obligations then a continuation of the tenancy is unreasonable for the landlord. The legal requirements for the right of uncommon cancellations stay unaffected. (5) In case of a cancellation of the contract after paragraph 4 the tenant is liable for the complete or partial loss of the rent and additional expenses as agreed in this contract. This is particularly valid if the rented property stays vacant or has to be let at a lower price after the of the tenant's moving out until the end of the agreed period of tenancy. In this case, the tenant is not able to object that the next tenant wants to conclude a new tenancy if the landlord does not want to conclude a contract with him because of factually comprehensible reasons. Further claims of the landlord stay unaffected. SECTION 4 PROPERTY RENT (1) The rent for the rented property according to Section 1 paragraph 1 is: Monthly basic rent For the total area ................ 1.113 m(2) 15.300,00 Euro Net subtotal ...................... 15.300,00 Euro Plus VAT (currently 16%) .......... 2.448,00 Euro Gross property rent ............... 17.748,00 Euro - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Monthly net prepayment of additional expenses for the total area is (according to Section 5 Paragraph 3) currently .. 1.113 m(2) 3.979,50 Euro Plus VAT (currently 16%) .......... 636,72 Euro Gross prepayment .................. 4.616,22 Euro
(2) Does the consumer price index (basis 1995= 100 points) officially fixed by the German Federal Statistical Office changes 5% or more compared with the status of the time of the conclusion of the contract, every party has the right for a rent modulation with equal percentage relation. This change becomes operative from the month when 5% or more percent were reached. (3) If there is a rent modulation because of the protrusive stable value clause then the clause is applicable again according to the terms of the previous paragraph. According to that, the rent has to be modulated again as soon as there are new consumer price index changes of at least 5%. (4) The landlord has to inform the other party of contract in case of a rent increase and the tenant has to inform the other party in case of a reduction. Those changes have to be presented in a settlement. Does this not happen immediately, this means no abdication of modulation. The tenant defaults with the payment of the increasing amounts and the landlord defaults the refunding of the reduced amount not until the reception of the particular settlement. (5) If the defined index regulation (see paragraph 2) is replaced by a new one during the contract period it has to be changed into new original regulation. The time of this change is the month when the Euro-amount of the index development was modulated ultimately. Payment obligations in the past have to be considered as concluded; because of a new index regulation the paid amount of money won't be retroactively calculated again. SECTION 5 ADDITIONAL EXPENSES (1) The additional expenses that are produced all the time through the proper use of the property described in Section 1 paragraph 1, especially expenses seen in Attachment 3 in Section 27 of the II. Regulation of Calculation are proportionally paid by the tenant. At present, this includes all expenses actually incurred thereby for: a) Running official charges of the property especially property tax b) Expenses for water supply c) Expenses for dewatering d) Expenses for the handling of the heating system including waste gas facility; the handling of the central fuel supply facility; the independent industrial supply of heat, the cleaning and maintenance of single storey heating e) Expenses for the handling of the water supply facility based on the measured consumption f) Expenses for connected heating and warm water supply facilities g) Expenses for the handling of automatic lifts for people and loads h) Expenses for street-cleaning and garbage collection as well as the clearance of snow and ice in winter i) Expenses for building cleaning including the basement garage and the professional vermin killing j) Expenses for the maintenance of the outside facilities k) Expenses for electricity supply like lighting, power electricity etc l) Expenses for chimney sweeping as far as not included in points d,e,f m) Expenses for general liability insurance and property damage liability insurance n) Expenses for caretaker services o) Expenses for the handling of cable termination and community aerial facilities p) Expenses for the handling of the maintenance of technical facilities q) Expenses for security services as well as expenses for the property management r) other expenses like for instance: - cleaning of the gutter - service and maintenance of the fire detector facilities - maintenance of fire extinguishers (checkups and changes of the extinguish substances) - maintenance and control of the lightning conductor facilities as well as proportional costs for the landlord's service and maintenance outside of the property according Section 8 paragraph 4. The tenant directly concludes contracts with supply and disposal companies for the supply or disposal of water/waste water and heating. Arising expenses in the property for phone, cleaning and other services have to be contractually arranged by the tenant and directly balanced accounts with the service provider. (2) As far as operating and administrative expenses are not directly paid by the tenant, the tenant has to pay a deposit for those expenses which are appropriate and at equitable discretion of the landlord. The landlord gives a settlement about those expenses not later than 6 months after a settlement period. The tenant has the right to see the settlement's receipts and make copies of that resp. to ask the landlord to make copies of those receipts at the tenant's expenses. The tenant has the right to claim objections in writing within a period of 4 weeks after the settlement's access. The settlement is considered as approved if this does not happen. Possible back pays or overpays have to be balanced within 8 weeks by the tenant after the settlement's access or balanced by the landlord after creating the settlement. The period of settlement is one calendar year. (3) The landlord has the right and duty to assimilate the height of the deposit at equitable discretion in consideration of the actual arising expenses and the settled costs after every annual settlement. The landlord is able to assimilate expenses during the settlement's period after an extraordinary increasing of single types of expenses with an according impact on overall expenses resp. after the initiation of official duties. This is effective from the first day of the month after the increase but by all means after 30 days with previous notification. The landlord has always the right (even effective during the running settlement's period) to arrange a new distribution measure for the additional expenses at equitable discretion as far as it is appropriate. SECTION 6 REGULATION OF THE PAYMENT DATE, PAYMENT AND DELAYED PAYMENT (1) The rent including the deposit for operating and administrative expenses plus VAT has to be paid monthly in advance and exempt from charges by the third working day every month onto the specified account of the landlord. At the beginning of the tenancy it is: Account number: 4153863 C/o HypoVereinsbank Jena Bank code: 83020087 (2) If the tenant defaults the payment of the rent or the deposit for operating and administrative expenses he has to pay default interest amounting to 4% over the particular base rate of the Deutsche Bundesbank with the next due payment for the landlord. SECTION 7 DEPOSIT (1) The tenant has to pay an interest bearing deposit amounting to 2 monthly net rents including prepayments for additional costs plus VAT due at the beginning of the tenancy to protect the claims of the landlord in this contract. The deposit can be provided- at tenant's own option- in form of an unlimited, unconditional, directly enforceable guarantee. The deposit has to be increased concerning the same percentage amount as the rent and additional expenses are increased in Section 4 paragraph 1 in this contract. If rent and additional expenses change the tenant has to fill up the deposit given above when the additional amount is at least 250, -E. (2) A credit of the tenant with claims for back pays from the deposit against due allowances of the landlord during the tenancy is impossible. (3) The landlord is able to take money from the tenant's deposit during the tenancy because of due claims after previous notification of the tenant. The tenant has to refill the deposit by the original amount within 4 weeks after a written order from the landlord. (4) The landlord has to give the deposit/guarantee back immediately to the tenant after the ending of the tenancy if an as far as the tenant fulfils all claims of the landlord appearing in this contract. SECTION 8 CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY/MAINTENANCE OF THE PROPERTY (1) The tenant uses the property i.e. the property is free from defects - concerning the contractually agreed purpose- that could cancel or decrease the value of the property or its suitability for the contractually provided use. (2) The handing over took place on the occasion of a common inspection of the parties. The tenant has accepted the condition of the property as specified in the contract via signing the handover certificate. Damages which can result from remaining construction or other applicable construction for the building's completion that occur in connection with the complete construction measures have to be tolerated by the tenant. This does not authorize him to obtain an abatement of rent. (3) The tenant has to treat the property carefully. The maintenance and service of the property resulting from the use according to regulations have to be paid by the tenant when there are bagatelle repairs up to 150, E in an individual case up to a maximum amount of 1.500, E per annum plus the applicable VAT at a time. The maximum amount is liable to the agreed regulation for the changing of the rent written in Section 4 paragraph 3. Unaffected of the liability of the tenant for repairing are parts of the outer skin, service on the roof and truss as well as service pipes of the building. Aesthetic repairs have to be carried out professionally at appropriate intervals using materials that fit the standard of the building. If the property areas or any community facility are partly or totally destroyed by constructional fault of supporting building parts, fire, explosion, lightning, storm, force majeure, war impact or other events this Tenancy agreement expires after the landlord announced that the rebuilding takes longer than 3 months. The landlord has to announce this within 2 weeks after the damage. If the contractual use of the destroyed or damaged rooms or areas is not possible any longer the tenant has to pay the rent from the day of the damage. (4) The tenant has to inform the landlord about any property damages immediately. The tenant is liable to pay compensation for a damage caused by a tardy notification. Service and maintenance of traffic areas outside the property like staircase, access through the basement garage as well as the basement garage itself are the landlord's business who can proportionally claim arising costs within the scope of the settlement of the operational and administrative expenses regulated in Section 5 paragraph 2. (5) The tenant is allowed to make fundamental changes upon and in the property especially rebuilding and fixtures, installations etc. if the landlord previously agreed on it. (6)The landlord is allowed to make reparations without the approval of the tenant if the reparations serve to maintain and complete the building or the property or to avoid imminence or to remove damages. Whereat the operating schedule and the interests of the tenant have to be considered and the landlord has to coordinate the reparations with the tenant. This is also valid for reparations that are not actually necessary but appropriate. In either case, the landlord has to inform the tenant in time and in writing about the start, form and amount of the planned construction. If the tenant has to tolerate those reparations he is not able to obtain an abatement of rent or to claim damages and he doesn't have the right of retention. He just has those rights if the use of the property or parts of it is restricted. (7) The landlord has the right to enter the property at any time or else during the usual office hours. The landlord has to previously inform the contact person-given by the tenant- about this visit as far as possible. SECTION 9 GUARANTEE AND LIABILITY INSURANCE OF OBJECTS BROUGHT BY THE TENANT (1) The assertion of warranty rights on the part of the tenant because of property damages or the landlord's default to remedy deficiencies is impossible if the deficiency is caused by the landlord intentionally or grossly negligent. (2) The tenant is liable for property damages, accessories, facilities and equipment, community areas of the building as well as all areas belonging to the building caused by him, his employees, possible subtenants, costumers or suppliers. This is especially valid if there are property interferences caused by the arrangement of equipment or the storage of items. The tenant has to supply evidence that there was no negligence. (3) The tenant has to credit possible damages or claims for damages against assurance benefits that he receives. (4) The application of Section 566 paragraph 2 BGB (German Civil Code) is impossible if the landlord alienates the property or the whole building in the future. (5) The usual building insurances are contracted on the part of the landlord. Rebuilding and fixtures are not included here. The arising costs for a higher insurance on the part of the landlord are paid by the tenant if he asks the landlord for one. (6) For the loss of payments or services on the part of the landlord as contracted caused by strike, superior force or other reasons that can't be averted by the landlord the tenant is not entitled to claim for damages or decrease. This is especially valid for the breakdown of water, electricity, fuel etc. and results from it. Extraneous cause of a third party like traffic diversions, digging, road blocks, disturbances through noise, smell and dust or similar are not considered as tenancy failure if they are not caused by the landlord. (7) The insurance of objects bought by the tenant is the tenant's business. The landlord is not liable for damages upon those objects and it is irrelevant what the damage caused unless the tenant supplies evidence that the landlord culpably caused the damage. (8) Losses of keys have to be reported immediately to the management or the landlord. The landlord is able to claim the reconstruction of the functioning of the central closing facility if there is a central closing installed. The arising expenses have to be paid by the tenant. SECTION 10 SUMMATION/RIGHT TO RETAIN The tenant is only able to charge up due rent payments and allowances from operational and administrative expenses against counterclaims that are unquestioned and legally established. The assertion of the right of retention and refusal of services is impossible unless they are based on counterclaims that are unquestioned and legally established. SECTION 11 ARRANGEMENT OF MACHINES, SUPPLY AND USAGE OF HEATING, VENTILATION, ELECTRICITY AND OTHER SERVICES (1) The tenant has to be informed by the landlord about the permitted weight of the floor ceilings and get the permission from the landlord before the arranging of machines on the rented property. The tenant is solely responsible and liable to pay compensation if there are any damages caused by an exceedance of this permitted weight. (2) Machines have to be removed on the landlord's request if they affect the property aversely like cracks in the walls caused by concussions. (3) The basis heating and/or the air condition have to operate according to the particular demands of all tenants and the common operation hours. Room air facilities- if existent- have to be operated year-round. The regulations of the DIN are valid for the room temperature. If a tenant does not use the heating etc. he still has to pay the additional expenses. (4) The available mains for electricity- including possible phone, data or aerial wirings-, gas, water and heating etc can only be engaged by the tenant if the available facilities are not overloaded. The tenant is able to satisfy an increased demand by means of an expansion of the supply pipes at his own expenses after the previous approval of the landlord in writing. The landlord also has to approve in writing if there is a relocation of other mains on the property. (5) The tenant has to arrange an immediate shut down and has to inform the landlord in case of damages or disturbances on the supply pipes. The tenant himself has to delete immediately imminent danger in case of danger in delay. Further damage clearance is arranged by the landlord as far as the service and maintenance has to be done by the tenant according to this contract. If this is not the case, the landlord also has to pay for the clearance of imminent danger. For the avoidance of extremely dangerous moments outside the usual working hours, the tenant has to name a liable contact person and has to make necessary completions for this in time resp. if and under which circumstances the landlord and the necessary damage staff get access to the property. (6) Waste caused by the tenant's industrial work -unless it's no office or bulky waste- are not allowed to be thrown into the trash bins that are provided by the landlord for general wants. The tenant himself has to take care of this specific waste. Domestic waste has to be chopped up and has to be binned into the positioned trash bins. The tenant has to use facilities for waste disposals (like waste paper, paper board container, glass, plastics) if they exist. Independent from that, the tenant has to bring hazardous waste (like batteries, paint, oil) to public collecting points. The tenant has to dispose any contaminations on the property caused by transport or other actions. SECTION 12 SUBLETTING (1) The tenant must not let the property to a third party without the written approval of the landlord. The approval must not be refused by the landlord unless there are important issues that speak for a refusal. An important issue are: if the particular subtenant does not sublet the property to contractors (for the purpose of the sales tax regulation) who solely use the property for exchange that does not exclude input VAT. The permission is only valid for the individual case and can be cancelled at any time because of important reasons. (2) If the landlord nevertheless sublets to other contractors who make exchanges which exclude input VAT, the landlord will increase the rent for the property area for the claim incurred. Further claims on the part of the landlord will remain unaffected hereof. (3) The tenant already now assigns the appropriate claims to the landlord concerning a possible subletting and the connected claims together with the lien amounting to the rent claims of the landlord. SECTION 13 RETURN OF THE PROPERTY (1) The tenant has to relegate the property into its original state- in case of structural alterations- when the tenancy ends. The tenant has to pay, on the landlord's request, the amount of money for a deconstruction estimated by an architect instead of a construction on the part of the tenant. Besides, the tenant has to give back the property in the state corresponding to the fulfilment of his duties regulated in Section 8 Paragraph 3. (2) The tenant has to give back the property clean swept when the tenancy ends. All keys have to be given back to the landlord for free, also the keys that were made at the expenses of the tenant. (3) The landlord has the right to open the property, get it cleaned and repaired if needed by a professional company and make new locks and keys at the expenses of the tenant. This is valid if the tenant does not fulfil his incumbent duties after an effectless period of grace connected with a refusal menace on the part of the landlord. (4) If the tenant does not leave the property in time he is reliable for all damages caused through this. The landlord can claim up to 3 monthly rents as compensation without supplying evidence of the causal connection between the behaviour of the tenant and the occurred damage. Further claims on the part of the landlord that need proof remain unaffected hereof. The tenant has to prove if there was no damage at all or if the damage was of much lower amount. (5) Rebuildings and fixtures which were not removed belong to the landlord afterwards without any compensation payment for the tenant. (6) Outdoor advertising has to be removed at the expenses of the tenant until the return of the property. The landlord or a third party are able to make necessary reparations at the expenses of the tenant after an appropriate appointment of time and a period of grace connected with a refusal menace, if the tenant does not fulfil his duty or not in time. (7) The tenant has to tolerate the application of tenancy posters onto windows or other appropriate locations and to permit inspections of interested tenancy parties during the last 3 months of the tenancy. SECTION 14 JURISDICTION REGULATION Place of performance and solely jurisdiction for all regulations in this contract -as far as legally permitted- is Jena. SECTION 15 FINAL CLAUSES (1) Changes, completions and subsidiary agreements connected to this contract need to be in writing in order to be considered as valid. If the members of the parties make such agreements verbally, telephonically or in writing, they do need in any case the written confirmation of the landlord's management in order to consider the agreement as valid. (2) If a regulation in this contract is ineffective or questionable this does not affect the validity of the other regulations; in this case, the parties should make new contractual agreements that correspond to the ineffective or questionable regulation. This is also valid for loopholes. (3) This contract is also obligatory for possible legal successors of the parties. (4) Regulations of the BGB (German Civil Code) are valid if the tenancy is not regulated in this contract. (5) The tenant agrees that the landlord saves the data -required for the execution of the contract- in files and maintain those in a data pool for the purpose of central administration. (6) The landlord is able to enact house rules for individual buildings resp. for the industrial object as a whole that regulate all issues concerning the users of the tenancy, community facilities and other related business. (7) The tenant is able to rent storing positions, telephone mainlines and communicating equipment. A corresponding contractual proposal is submitted separately at the request of the tenant.
EX-10.44 6 b48616baexv10w44.txt EX-10.44 LEASE AGREEMENT - JENTECH VERWALTUNGSG... EXHIBIT 10.44 Seite 1 von 11 [JENTECH VERWALTUNGSGESELLSCHAFT OHG LETTERHEAD] TENANCY AGREEMENT FOR COMMERCIAL PROPERTY The following tenancy agreement is concluded between JENTECH VERWALTUNGSGESELLSCHAFT OHG, Goschwitzer Str. 38, 07745 Jena represented by its Managing Director Mr. Hans-Joachim Schneider (hereinafter the Lessor) and BROOKS AUTOMATION GMBH, Goschwitzer Str. 25, 07745 Jena represented by its Managing Director Mr. Christian Rook (hereinafter the Tenant) SEC. 1 RENTED PREMISES 1. The Lessor lets to the Tenant premises pursuant to Schedule 1 in the property at Goschwitzer Strasse 38, Jena-Goschwitz, with a useable area of 596 m(2). 2. The rented premises are let exclusively for use as office, assembly and warehousing space. 3. The Lessor shall only be liable for the rented premises being capable of general commercial use at the time of handing-over. The Tenant itself shall be responsible for obtaining all the official authorisations necessary for the use intended by the Tenant. Likewise, the Tenant shall be liable for compliance with all the trade and other official conditions and requirements in connection with the said use, even if such are not yet known at the time of the conclusion of the contract, or are in connection with a requirement associated with changes of use effected with the Lessor's consent. 4. The Tenant shall not be permitted to effect a change to the use specified in No. 2 without the Lessor's prior consent. However, the Lessor may not refuse such consent without sound cause. A 1 Seite 2 von 11 sound cause shall in particular be competition protection promised to another tenant or imposed by law. 5. The Tenant has thoroughly inspected the rented premises and has satisfied itself of their condition. It accepts the rented premises in the condition in which they are at the time of the start of the tenancy. 6. The Lessor shall however effect the following renovation measures at its own expense by August 8, 2003: a) Painting repairs, basic cleaning of walls, windows, facilities. b) Repair of wicket gate c) Installation of motor drive for both rolling doors d) Installation of additional heating elements as per Tenant's specifications e) Installation of smoke alarms f) Adjustment of lighting to new premises, illumination level 1000 Lux g) Additional electricity sockets as per Tenant's specifications 6. The Tenant shall carry out renovation measures according to its own desires and at its own expense. These shall be specifically the following measures: - - data communications connection of the rented premises to the Brooks headquarters via laser optical cable - - mounting of company signs and signposts (in consultation with the Lessor) - - installation of blinds (in consultation with the Lessor) - - division of the entire area into separate working areas by means of dry construction walls - - conductive flooring in some areas - - installation of compressed air 7. The Tenant can in consultation with the Lessor renovate the rented premises at its own expense according to its requirements and develop it subject to the provisions of Sec. 7 No. 1. SEC. 2 MONTHLY RENT/INDEXATION CLAUSE 1. Taking into account Sec. 16 (No. 7), the monthly basic rent for the area let pursuant to Sec. 1 shall be Euro 291.20 (Euro 7.20 per m(2)) plus the VAT applicable at any time, currently 16 % 2. If the price index officially determined and published by the Federal Statistical Office for the Federal Republic of Germany for the cost of living for all households in Germany as a whole (basis 1995 = 100 points) increases by 5% or more as against the level at the time of the conclusion of the 2 Seite 3 von 11 contract, the Lessor shall be entitled to adjust the rent by the same percentage ratio. Such change shall have effect in the month following the month in which the Lessor has declared the increase of rent in reliance on its right to determine performance. 3. In each case of a further change of the index by 5% and more as against the level on which the preceding adjustment is based, the Lessor shall be entitled to effect a further adjustment on the basis of the last rent at the time. No. 2 sentence 2 shall apply mutatis mutandis. 4. If during the term of the contract a recalculation of the index is published, the calculation shall transfer to the new original calculation. The time of the transfer shall be the month from which the Euro amount of the index was last adjusted. Payment obligations for the past shall be regarded as concluded; the amounts paid will not be recalculated with retroactive effect on the basis of a recalculation of an index. SEC. 3 TENANCY PERIOD AND NOTICE OF TERMINATION 1. The tenancy shall commence on July 15, 2003. 2. The tenancy is concluded for a fixed term of three years until July 14,2006. After expiry of the tenancy period, the tenancy shall be transformed into a tenancy without time limit that can be terminated by either of the parties at six (6) months' notice with effect from the end of any quarter by registered letter. 3. The Lessor can terminate the tenancy agreement with immediate effect without notice in the event of sound cause, in particular if: a) the Tenant is in default with the payment of the rent and/or advance payments of secondary charges, and if the amount in arrears has reached two gross monthly rents; the Tenant's right under Sec. 543 Para. 2 sentences 2 and 3 of the Civil Code shall remain unaffected. b) insolvency or debt composition proceedings are commenced with respect to the Tenant's assets or are dismissed for lack of assets. c) the Tenant is guilty of an unreasonable nuisance as against other tenants or the Lessor and continues such despite a written warning by the Lessor. d) the Tenant fails to comply exactly with the agreements in Sec. 12. 4. In the event of notice of termination pursuant to No. 3, the Tenant shall be liable for the total or partial loss of the rent agreed in this contract that might occur, for secondary charges unrelated to consumption or other services unrelated to consumption, from the vacating of the premises for a period that corresponds with the ordinary notice period of six months pursuant to No. 2 sentence 6. The Lessor must allow the value of the expenditure saved and of such advantages that it obtains from a different exploitation of the use, in particular a new tenancy, to be set off. The Lessor's other claims for damages shall remain unaffected. 3 Seite 4 von 11 SEC. 4 SECONDARY CHARGES 1. In addition to the rent, the Tenant shall be responsible for the operating and secondary charges. These shall be settled each year, at the latest within one year after expiry of the preceding account period. Both contracting parties shall be obliged to settle the operating charges account within thirty calendar days after presentation. If the tenancy is terminated during the account period, the operating costs shall be allocated on the occasion of the next statement of account in the proportion between the tenancy period and the account year. The Tenant shall be entitled to inspect and verify the documents for the statement of account for operating charges during the Lessor's usual business hours by prior arrangement. 2. The operating charges shall be - - the regular public charges on the land, in particular land tax, - - the costs for water supply (water consumption, basic charge, rent of meter, etc.), there being a total cost meter for the site, the costs being distributed according to rented area. - - costs of water disposal, - - costs of the heating system (consumption, operating power, costs of operation; supervision and maintenance of the facility, regular inspection of operational capacity and operating safety including adjustment by a specialist, cleaning the system, costs for the measurements pursuant to the Federal Emissions Prevention Act, the costs of determining consumption including the costs of calculation and distribution), - - the costs of hot water supply (consumption, costs of water heating, maintenance, operating and cleaning costs), - - the costs of operating the lift (costs of operating power, costs of supervision, monitoring and maintenance of the system, the regular inspection of operating safety and operational capacity), - - costs of road cleaning and waste disposal, - - costs of vermin prevention, - - costs of the maintenance of the outside facilities, - - lighting costs (costs for electricity for outside lighting, lighting of the parts of the building used jointly by the tenants), - - costs of chimney sweeping, - - costs of property and liability insurance, - - costs for caretaker and building administration, - - costs for the alarm system, costs for guard and surveillance services, telephone charges for the alarm connection, etc. 4 Seite 5 von 11 within the meaning of Schedule 3 to Sec. 27 of the Second Calculation Regulation, plus statutory value added tax. 3. Other secondary charges shall include the costs of cleaning the facade, the pavement, the communal areas and the cleaning of the outside windows. 4. 30% of the costs of heating and hot water shall be imposed according to usable floor space and 70% according to consumption. The difference between the total of the readings from the individual heating cost meters and the total heating cost meter, resulting from line losses etc., shall be imposed according to the rented surface. The other operating and secondary costs shall be charged in the proportion between the area rented by the Tenant and the entire rentable usable floor space of the building. The Lessor shall be entitled to adjust a charging formula already determined to changed conditions for sound cause. 5. Costs incurred in the rented premises for cleaning, electricity, telephone etc. shall be settled with the suppliers. 6. The monthly down-payments on the operating and secondary charges shall at the time of the start of the tenancy amount to 894.00 Euro (1.50 Euro per m(2)) plus statutory value added tax plus, following an annual statement of accounts, 1/12 of the last annual charge. They shall be paid together with the rent. If costs increase (e.g. as a result of additional consumption, increases to prices and rates), the Lessor shall by unilateral declaration be entitled even during a current account period to adjust the monthly down-payments to the changed conditions with effect for the following month. 7. If charges, fees or other costs in commercial connection with the site are introduced, increased or if new operating costs are introduced, they can be charged by the Lessor and a reasonable advance payment determined for such. 8. The Lessor shall be entitled to charge the Tenant pro rata for any necessary costs of administration and surveillance of the property to a reasonable and usual extent. In settlement of these charges, it can introduce new monthly down-payments by means of a unilateral written declaration. Otherwise, the above provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis. 5 Seite 6 von 11 SEC. 5 PAYMENT OF THE RENT AND SECONDARY CHARGES 1. The rent, the down-payments on secondary charges and all payments due that concern the tenancy shall be payable monthly in advance to the Lessor's account to be notified by the latter, such that the funds are on the account at the latest by the third working day of the month. If direct debit is agreed, the Tenant shall ensure sufficient cover on the account to be charged. The Lessor's account at the time of the conclusion of the contract is: Recipient : Jentech Verwaltungsgesellschaft OHG Account No. : 260312 Bank : Sparkasse Jena Sort code : 83053030 2. The Tenant shall only be entitled to offset counter claims or exercise a right of retention with respect to the rent and secondary charges if the counter claims are undisputed or have been determined with final legal effect. For the rest, Sec. 10 shall apply. SEC. 6 MAINTENANCE OF THE RENTED PREMISES, LINES, FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT, LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE 1. The Tenant shall treat the rented property, its equipment, the site, including all communal facilities and outside facilities with care and consideration. The Tenant shall be liable to pay compensation for any losses and any expenditure incurred by the Lessor as a result of fault on the part of the Tenant or its vicarious agents. 2. The Tenant shall be responsible for the due cleaning, ventilation and heating of the rented property. It shall assume responsibility for maintenance of and repairs to the rented property and its equipment (e.g. electrical and sanitary installations, locks, glass panes, sun protection equipment, etc.) up to an amount of EUR 400.- in the individual case and up to 9% of the basic rent in the year. In addition, it shall have all interior decorative repairs (e.g. replacement of the coatings on walls, ceilings, doors, window frames and radiators, cleaning of the carpets) carried out professionally at regular and reasonable intervals at its expense in the premises rented by it. 3. If the Tenant fails to comply with or duly comply with its obligations pursuant to the above paragraphs within a reasonable period despite a written demand, the Lessor shall be entitled to arrange for the necessary work at the Tenant's expense without setting a further grace period. In the event of damage that involves the threat of a risk or in the event that the Tenant's whereabouts are unknown, there shall be no need for a warning. 4. If in the event of damage or the blocking of pipes it is not possible to determine which tenant has caused them, all tenants whose premises are above the point in question shall be liable jointly and severally. 6 Seite 7 von 11 5. If keys are lost, the Tenant shall bear the costs of replacement and any changes to the locks and locking groups. 6. The Tenant shall notify the Lessor immediately and in writing of any damage or defects to the rented property and the communal facilities that are within the rented property. If the Tenant fails to make such notification, it shall be liable to pay compensation for the resulting damage. 7. The Tenant shall prove that damage occurring in its exclusive area of risk is not due to its fault or the fault of persons for which it is responsible. Sec. 7 STRUCTURAL ALTERATIONS BY THE TENANT AND THE TREATMENT THEREOF WHEN THE PREMISES ARE VACATED 1. Structural alterations effected by the Tenant, in particular conversions, fittings, installations, etc. shall require the Lessor's prior written consent unless the structural alterations are covered by the contractual use of the rented property. If structural changes are carried out, the Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all official authorisations that might be necessary. It shall bear all the costs for authorisations, execution and operation / maintenance. The Tenant shall also be liable for all damage that is culpably caused by it in connection with the measures effected. 2. The Tenant intends to effect installations and structural changes that are necessary for the commencement of its business activity in the rented premises. The corresponding planning has been coordinated with the Lessor and follows from Sec. 1 No. 6 of the Tenancy Agreement. The Lessor's consent pursuant to No. 1 sentence 1 is deemed to be granted for these structural changes listed. 3. When the Tenant vacates the premises, the Lessor shall be entitled to demand that the Tenant re-establish the original condition. The Lessor cannot demand return to original condition if the tenancy relationship between the parties or between the Lessor and a subsequent tenant willing to take over the installations and structural changes is in effect beyond December 31, 2009. 4. When the Tenant vacates the premises, the Lessor shall be entitled to demand that the Tenant leaves the premises clean and in a condition corresponding with the provisions of Sec. 6. SEC. 8 IMPROVEMENTS AND STRUCTURAL CHANGES BY THE LESSOR The Lessor shall be entitled to effect improvements and changes necessary for the maintenance of the building or the rented premises or to prevent threatening risks or to remedy damage, even without the Tenant's consent. Works that are not necessary but appropriate shall require the Tenant's consent, but may only be refused for sound cause. The Tenant shall keep the rooms concerned accessible. It shall neither delay nor prevent nor place obstacles in the way of the implementation of the works. 7 Seite 8 von 11 SEC. 9 PROVISION AND USE OF HEATING, VENTILATION, ELECTRICITY AND OTHER SERVICES 1. The basic heating will be operated according to the requirements at any time of the entirety of the tenants. The settlement of accounts for heating costs will be according to consumption on the basis of the technical conditions. SEC. 10 LESSOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE OF THE OBJECTS INTRODUCED BY THE TENANT 1. The Tenant shall have no liability claims against the Lessor and its vicarious agent, in particular resulting from the contract, the breach of pre-contractual obligations or other losses, unless the Lessor's and its vicarious agents' conduct is deliberate or grossly negligent. 2. the Lessor shall not be liable for interruptions to the supply of water, gas or electricity, the heating, the lift system and other facilities unless such interruptions are due to a deliberate or grossly negligent infringement of its obligations by itself or its vicarious agents. 3. The Lessor shall assign any claims against third parties to the Tenant if such is necessary for the settlement of the losses. 4. The Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining sufficient insurance for the objects introduced by it. SEC. 11 ACCESS TO THE RENTED PREMISES BY THE LESSOR 1. The Lessor or its representative is entitled by prior arrangement to access the rented premises during business hours to inspect the condition. 2. If the Lessor wishes to sell the site, it or its representative shall be entitled to access the rented premises with the potential purchasers at any time during business hours, with sufficient prior notice. If notice has been given of the tenancy relationship, the Lessor or its agent shall be entitled to access the premises together with potential tenants at any time during business hours with sufficient prior notice. 3. In all cases, the premises can only be accessed in the company of the Tenant or its representative. 8 Seite 9 von 11 SEC. 12 SUBLETTING A sub-tenancy or transfer of the use to a third party shall in any event require the Lessor's written consent. The consent shall be deemed to be given to affiliated enterprises. SEC. 13 COMPETITION PROTECTION As a general principle, the Tenant shall not be entitled to competition protection. SEC. 14 ADVERTISEMENTS The Lessor's written consent shall be required for the affixation of advertisements or lettering within the entire site, in particular, however, on the building facade. The Lessor shall only be entitled to refuse consent for sound cause. The Tenant shall at its own expense and risk obtain any necessary official authorisations. The costs for production, mounting, operation, removal and if necessary the reestablishment of the original condition shall be borne by the Tenant. SEC. 15 DEPOSIT/LESSOR'S LIEN 1. For all claims to which the Lessor is or shall in future be entitled as against the Tenant on the basis of the tenancy, the Tenant shall for the term of the tenancy lodge with the Lessor an absolute bank guarantee to the amount of three gross monthly rents (basic rent plus secondary charges and value added tax), at the latest at the time of the signing of this tenancy agreement. At the Tenant's request, however, the amount of deposit may also be lodged with the Lessor. In such event, the amount lodged shall be invested separately from the Lessor's assets and shall bear interest at the discount rate. The Lessor shall be entitled at any time to satisfy any claims against the Tenant resulting from the tenancy agreement from the deposit provided without recourse to the courts. The deposit shall be increased by the same percentage and at the same time as the rent agreed in Sec. 2 of this agreement increases, provided that the amount to be topped up amounts to at least Euro 200.-. 2. The guarantee shall be returned to the Tenant after a period of six months after return of the rented property. Until expiry of this period, the Tenant shall not be permitted either to offset its claims against the Lessor or to demand the return of the deposit deposited with the Lessor. 3. As a general principle, the assignment in whole or in part of the claims to repayment of the deposit shall be excluded. 4. The Lessor shall be entitled to the statutory lien to objects introduced by the Tenant. The Tenant is aware that the objects subject to the lien may not be removed from the rented property without the Lessor's consent unless such removal is permitted by law. 9 Seite 10 von 11 SEC. 16 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 1. The Lessor shall be entitled to issue house rules regulating inter alia the use of the rented property, the communal facilities and other matters concerning all the tenants. 2. The following Schedules shall be an integral part of this agreement: Schedule 1 Site plan of the site at Goschwitzer Strasse 38 and ground plan of the rented area Schedule 2 Location of the outdoor car parking spaces 3. Subsequent amendments and additions to this agreement shall only be valid if set out in writing and either signed by both parties or counter-confirmed in writing. This shall not affect amendments that result from Sec. 16 (No. 7). 4. If one or more of the above provisions shall be or become invalid or void for whatever reason, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless remain in force. 5. Invalid or void provisions shall be replaced by the contracting parties by provisions that correspond with the intended commercial purpose. 6. A plurality of tenants shall be liable jointly and severally for the performance of all the obligations and claims resulting from this agreement. 7. The parties hereto are agreed that at the start of the tenancy impairments may result from unforeseen circumstances during the renovation/conversion works required by the Tenant and that these restrictions shall not lead to a reduction of the rent. This shall not apply to delays as a result of obligations assumed by the Lessor on the basis of the duty to renovate pursuant to Sec. 1 No. 5. 8. The handling-over of the rented premises shall be set out in a record of delivery. The Lessor undertakes to remedy the defects listed in the record of delivery within a minimum of time. 9. The Tenant shall be entitled to 8 car parking spaces free of charge (area in front of the rented property). The location of the outdoor car parking spaces is shown in Schedule 2 to this agreement. Other parking spaces shall be rented on the basis of separate agreements. 10 Seite 11 von 11 10. A space for the location of a waste container is available to the Tenant. The space shall be all by the Lessor. 1l. The legal venue for any disputes resulting from this agreement shall be Jena. Jena, July 2, 2003 - TENANT- - LESSOR - Brooks Automation GmbH JENTECH Verwaltungsgesellschaft oHG 11 EX-10.45 7 b48616baexv10w45.txt EX-10.45 LEASE AGREEMENT - TEAG THURINGER ENERGIE Exhibit 10.45 LETTERHEAD TEAG Thuringer Energie AG RENTAL AGREEMENT between TEAG Thuringer Energie AG Schwerborner Str. 30 99087 Erfurt -hereinafter called the "Owner"- and Brooks Automation GmbH Goschwitzer Strasse 25 07745 Jena represented through: Harald Hanne, General Manager -hereinafter called the "Tenant"- For this lease relationship, the parties have agreed on the following terms: SECTION 1 RENTAL OBJECT/PROPERTY (1) The Owner is in possession of the premises in Jena, Rudolstadter Strasse 41 (Burgau boundaries, cadastral area 3, title number 324/5). (2) On the premises named above, one storage hall and one open space area will be made available for chargeable use by the Tenant as specified in Appendix 1 of this Rental Agreement. (3) The Tenant will use the rental object as a storage and workshop facility for his own business operations. The hall is equipped with five high racks, four rack serving installations and two rolling doors. (4) Furthermore, the hall contains an installed crane (deenergized), which has no TUV-certification (=German Technical Inspectorate) and is therefore not operational. It is not included in this Rental Agreement, but will remain stationed in the storage hall. (5) The Owner allows the Tenant to install his own pass-key system for storage hall entries and internal rooms. (6) The access route to the Jena power station may be co-used by the Tenant. All vehicle motion on this route is subject to the German Road Traffic Act. Vehicles and related equipment may only be parked on the 1100 m(2) free-space area which is part of this Agreement (Appendix 4). (7) The rental object is placed at the Tenant's disposal without furniture. 2 SECTION 2 LEASE PERIOD (1) This lease relationship commences on August 1, 2000. It is valid for an initial two-years term - ending on August 31, 2002 - and will extend by twelve more months unless terminated three months before expiry of the valid lease period. (2) A termination note must be served in writing to be effective. (3) The Tenant's continued use of the rental object after expiry of the official lease period will not extend this lease relationship. SECTION 3 TERMINATION WITHOUT NOTICE (1) The Owner may at his own option terminate this lease relationship on substantial grounds, without serving notice, if the Tenant fails to meet his contractual obligations. This will notably apply if: (a) the Tenant defaults - for more than one month - in payable rents of a sum that is greater than one monthly rate, or if he fails to pay rentals in an amount corresponding to the rental rate that is due for one month during a period which extends over more than one month. This termination option will be null and void if the Owner's claims are satisfied before the termination is officially declared. (b) the Tenant, despite a warning note by the Owner, continues in breach of this Agreement and uses the rental object/property in such a way that the Owner's rights are essentially violated. (c) contractual obligations are violated through Tenant's own fault, and notably, domestic privacy principles are disregarded to such a serious extent that the Owner cannot be reasonably expected to continue this lease relationship any longer. (d) the Tenant assigns his right to use the rental object/property to a third party without approval of the Owner. (e) the Tenant suspends his payments or insolvency proceedings are instituted over his capital assets or the institution of insolvency proceedings is rejected for lack of funds. (2) In the event of Owner's termination without notice, the tenant will be liable for consequential losses in rental payments until the lease period (stipulated under Section 2 above) expires, which time will not exceed a maximum of one year. 3 SECTION 4 RENTAL RATE AND INCIDENTAL COSTS (1) For utilization of the rental object, the Tenant will be charged a monthly rental rate of 6,880.00 DM plus legally binding VAT (currently 16% = 1,100.80 DM). An itemized breakdown list of rental rate components is contained in Appendix 1 of this Rental Agreement. (2) In accordance with Appendix 2 of this Rental Agreement, the Tenant will also be required to make advance payments of incidental expenses at the monthly rate of 1,613.30 DM (plus legally binding VAT, currently 16% = 258.13 DM). The level of advance payments will be adjusted to actual consumption figures at annual intervals. Incidental running expenses will be cleared once a year. (3) On aggregate, the monthly payable rental rate corresponds to 8,493.30 DM plus legally binding VAT (currently 16% = 1,358.93 DM). SECTION 5 PAYMENT OF RENTAL RATES AND INCIDENTAL COSTS (1) Rental rates and incidental costs are due for monthly advance payment to be effected not later than on the third working day of each calendar month. Payable sums shall be credited to the Owner's account at Deutsch Bank AG Erfurt: account no.: 133 88 88 bank code: 820 700 00 reason for payment: 1. customer no. 15 122 445 2. contract no. 25 138 538. (2) For timely transfer of due sums, the receiving date, not the dispatch date of payment, is significant. (3) In the event of a default in payment, the Owner may charge reasonable collection expenses and default interests. This will not affect his right to claim compensation of other damage. (4) The Owner may, at his sole option and regardless of the Tenant's explanatory statements, set off any of the Tenant's payments against any other outstanding sums under this Agreement or under any other agreement which he has closed with the Tenant. This must be done in the order as prescribed in paragraph 366, clause 2 of the German Civil Code. -4- (5) The Tenant will not be entitled to set off any claim made on the part of the Owner against his own counter-claim nor to exercise any right of retention or diminution. This shall not include claims for repayment of rentals paid in excess of the official rates or due to unlawful behavior on the Owner's part (under the terms of paragraphs 366 and 367 of the German Civil Code). SECTION 6 VALUE PRESERVATION CLAUSE (1) If the cost-of-living index issued by the German Federal Bureau of Statistics for four-person employee households of middle-bracket income (which quotes one hundred points for the reference year of 1991) increases or decreases by more than five percent against the level on validation date of this Agreement, either contracting party may demand that negotiations be held for an adequate adjustment of the rental rate. (2) In the event of any further downward or upward revision of the price index by more than five percent against the level of the latest rental adjustment, either contracting party may demand that an adequate readjustment of the rental rate be renegotiated. (3) The renegotiated rental rate must be reasonably matched to the total amount of change in index. (4) An adjusted rental rate is due for first payment on the first day of the month which follows the month in which the other contracting party was notified of a change in living index. SECTION 7 UTILIZATION OF RENTAL OBJECT - SUBLEASING AND SUBRENTING (1) The Tenant acknowledges that the rental object is in a proper condition (conforming to contractual terms). (2) The Tenant is allowed to use the leased facility rooms and floors for the business purposes described in paragraph 1 clause 3. Any use of the rental object other than specified therein shall require the Owner's prior written consent. (3) The rental object may only be subleased or subrented if the Tenant has procured the Owner's express approval. The same will apply if he intends to assign his right for utilization of the rental object to a third party. -5- (4) In the event of subrenting or utilization assignment with Owner's approval, the Tenant will be held liable for any action or omission of action on the part of his subtenant or the party to which he has transferred his right for utilization of the rental object. In the event of unauthorized subrenting, the Owner may terminate this Agreement. (5) Constructional or operating conditions imposed on the Tenant in accordance with the business he pursues in the rental object must be fulfilled by the Tenant at his own cost. SECTION 8 MAINTENANCE AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS (1) Work of any kind required to maintain or repair the rental object shall be carried out at the Tenant's own expense. This shall not affect the terms of clause 2. During the term of this lease relationship, the Tenant will also be required to perform necessary 'cosmetic' repairs in a proper quality. He will do this at his own expense. (2) On identifying any damage of the rental object, the Tenant shall promptly notify the Owner or his authorized representative hereof. In the event of consequential damage due to delayed notification of a damage, the Tenant will be held liable. If there is imminent danger, the Tenant himself will be responsible for taking necessary action in order to protect the Owner from irreversible damage. (3) The Tenant will be liable for any damage that is caused through his own fault because of an infringement of his duty to exercise due care. (4) The Tenant will equally be liable in the event of damage caused through the fault of his agents or aids, subtenants, visitors, suppliers, craftsmen, etc. He shall furnish evidence that a damage has occurred through no fault of these persons. (5) Any damage due to faulty behavior of the Tenant must be removed at once. If, despite a written delinquency note, he fails to meet this requirement within a reasonable period of time, the Owner may have necessary repair works performed at the Tenant's expense. If there is imminent danger of further damage, he may refrain from serving a written delinquency note or setting a time limit for damage removal. -6- (6) To make constructional changes, notably leasehold improvements, facility installations and upgrades, etc., the Tenant shall seek the prior written approval of the Owner. Having received such approval of the Owner, he will be responsible for procuring all necessary permissions from governmental organizations and bodies. He will bear all related costs and those of construction work to be carried out. Structural alterations must in no case impair the safety of the building under lease. The Owner will provide no compensation for expenses of this kind incurred on the Tenant's part. (7) The Tenant is liable for any damage resulting from construction work performed at his order. SECTION 9 REPAIR WORK OR STRUCTURAL ALTERATIONS BY OWNER (1) To preserve the rental object in a proper condition, avert imminent danger or remove existing damage, the Owner may perform necessary repair work and structural alterations: He does not require the Tenant's consent in such cases. This will also apply for work which is not urgently necessary, but appropriate at the given point of time, for example, for modernization of the building and rented rooms. The Tenant shall ensure that affected rooms are accessible at any time. He shall not prevent nor delay the execution of such work. (2) For work which must be tolerated by the Tenant under contractual terms, the compensation of damage, setting off, diminution or retention of rental services shall be excluded, provided however that the Owner shall reasonably take into account the Tenant's business concerns. (3) If structural changes or leasehold improvements become necessary under revised legal requirements or governmental regulations, the Tenant shall bear all related costs inasmuch as these alterations and improvements are required to meet the standards in his trade. SECTION 10 OWNER'S ACCESS TO RENTED ROOMS (1) During normal business hours, the Owner or his authorized representative are entitled to enter the rented room facilities for inspection of their state or for other important reasons. In the event of imminent danger, he may access these rooms at any time day or night. (2) If the Owner intends to sell the leased premises or if the lease relationship was terminated, he or his authorized representative may enter the rented rooms together with the prospective buyer or tenant during normal business hours. -7- (3) The Tenant shall ensure that rented rooms can be accessed by the Owner also during his absence. Before periods of foreseeable absence, he shall deposit the keys at the Jena power station guardpost. SECTION 11 OWNER'S LIEN (1) The Tenant declares that all stock and material assets he holds at the moment of moving in are his unlimited property and are in no way pledged or hypothecated. (2) Should installed stocks or material assets be seized by a third party, the Tenant will promptly notify the Owner. (3) As a surety/guarantee for observation of his contractual commitments and/or satisfaction of indemnification claims by the Owner, the Tenant will deposit an amount of three monthly gross rental rates (= 24,000.00 DM). SECTION 12 TERMINATION OF LEASE PERIOD (1) On termination of the lease period, the rental object shall be returned to the Owner complete with all keys in the same condition, in which it was made available at the beginning of this lease relationship. Failure to do so will entitle the Owner to have the rented rooms opened and new locks or keys manufactured at the cost of the Tenant. (2) Installations or facilities built into the rental property can be removed by the Tenant, provided that the Owner may demand that such installations or parts thereof remain at their respective places on termination of this lease relationship if the Owner pays a redemption sum that is commensurate with their current market value. In this case, the Tenant will have no right of seizure. The Tenant's leasehold improvements must be removed by the Tenant until the rental object has been restored to its original condition, unless the Owner agrees that such items may remain in the rental object without payment of compensation. (3) The Owner and Tenant will specify to each other those leasehold improvements and installations which are to be removed or left behind. This will be done at an early enough point in time to allow respective arrangements to be made before the rented property is cleared. If the Owner decides not to reuse the Tenant's installations, the Tenant will be required to restore the rental object by the time of contract termination to a condition in which it was made available to him at the time of handing over. -8- SECTION 13 LIABILITY (1) The Owner assumes no owner's liability for any kind of technical equipment, fixtures or facilities which are installed by the Tenant. (2) The Tenant will be held liable for any damage which can be shown to have been caused through the fault of his personnel or other third parties acting on his behalf, especially damage resulting from soil and groundwater contamination. Liability will be restricted to compensation for the particular damage. SECTION 14 INSURANCE (1) It will be the Tenant's responsibility to provide adequate insurance against all possible risks. He will do this at his own cost and maintain such insurance contracts for the entire term of this lease relationship. This will especially apply if he stores or uses - for the conduct of his business - environmentally hazardous substances on the leased premises. SECTION 15 OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE TRAFFIC SAFETY (1) It is the Tenant's sole responsibility to provide general safety of vehicle motion on the rented property area. (2) With regard to their mutual relations, the Tenant agrees to indemnify the Owner against any claims which may result from a breach of his own duty to secure safe traffic motion on the territory of the rental object. SECTION 16 OTHER UNDERSTANDINGS (1) The Tenant will be responsible for providing preventive maintenance and technical safety of the high racks, the rack serving installation and the rolling doors which are part of the rental object. He will to ensure that these rental items are properly treated. -9- (2) In accordance with a certificate about recurring checks of the rack serving installation, the Owner allows a reduced travel length. The individual test certificates (for sectional gates and rack serving installation) are attached to this Rental Agreement. (3) The Tenant is allowed to install his own telephone plant and data processing system at his own expense. (4) The costs of clearing access routes to the rental object in winterly conditions will be charged as effectively accrued. (5) The storage hall is made available without heating. Connection ports for water and waste are provided. (6) The Owner declares his consent that toilet and lavatory facilities plus a heating plant may be installed in the rental object. Related costs must be born by the Tenant. (7) The Owner will assist in actions to coordinate connection to the long-distance heat supply net of Stadtwerke Jena GmbH (municipal energy supply works). (8) This Rental Agreement constitutes the sole understanding between the parties. (9) The cancellation, or any alteration or amendment of this Agreement shall be in writing to be effective. This shall also apply in the event of new agreements about the foregoing written-form requirement. No claim which the Tenant may legally have to the Owner may be assigned to any third party. (10) The Tenant will be required to observe the guidelines issued by the Association of Property Insurers (VdS) regarding fire protection, environmental protection, order and cleanliness. On signing this Agreement, he acknowledges the General Safety Standards of Fire Insurers for Factories and Commercial Plants (ASF), which is a necessary precondition for its validation. (11) The Tenant is obliged to hand a name list of personnel he employs in, and a list of vehicles regularly moving to and from the rental object, to the Owner for control by the guardpost of the Jena power station. These lists must be updated. - 10 - SECTION 17 HOUSE RULES On signing this Agreement, the Tenant acknowledges the Owner's house rules described in Appendix 3 hereof as a necessary precondition for this contractual relationship to be in full force and effect. SECTION 18 EURO CLAUSE (1) It is the parties' common understanding that DM amounts payable hereunder will not be influenced by the ultimate introduction of the Euro as the sole legal means of payment. Before the abolition of the DM currency as legal means of payment, the Owner may, at his own choice, charge all contractually payable amounts either in DM or EUROs, and the Tenant is equally free to pay in DM or EUROs. Any payables, especially the contractually stipulated money rates, will be deemed to convert to EURO equivalents as soon as the EURO becomes the sole legal means of payment for Germany. Conversion will be in accordance with the official conversion rate defined by the Council of the European Union through article 109, lit. 1, clause 4 of the Foundation Treaty of the European Union. (2) The parties agree that EURO conversion will constitute no legal basis for any claims to terminate, withdraw from, dispute or amend this Agreement. SECTION 19 SEVERABILITY (1) Should any provision of this Agreement be held ineffective, this will not affect the balance of provisions which will remain in full force and effect. (2) The parties will work together to reach an agreement which replaces such ineffective provision with another legally binding one that comes closest in terms of contents and economic significance. -11- SECTION 20 PLACE OF FULFILMENT AND LEGAL VENUE The competent court of jurisdiction in Erfurt will be regarded as the place of fulfilment and legal venue. Appendices: 1 to 7 Erfurt on August 9, 2000 Jena on August 2, 2000 TEAG Thuringer Energie AG Signed: pp. Briesemeister pp. Schneider - -Owner- -Tenant- Signed: H. Hanne pp. Kohler -12- APPENDIX 1 TO RENTAL AGREEMENT 1-1910 730 m(2) storage hall 6.00 DM/m(2) 4,380.00 DM 4 rack serving plants and 5 high racks 1,400.00 DM 1100 m(2) hard-surface open area 1.00 DM/m(2) 1,100.00 DM TOTAL NET RENTAL RATE: 6,880.00 DM plus legally binding VAT (currently 16%) 1,100.80 DM
-13- APPENDIX 2 TO RENTAL AGREEMENT 1-1910 ADVANCE PAYMENT OF INCIDENTAL COSTS - ----------------------------------- 1. ELECTRICAL ENERGY Charged according to consumption, per separate invoice 2. HEATING To be paid by Tenant 3. WATER/WASTE WATER 0.20 DM/m(2) (according to consumption) 4. WASTE DISPOSAL To be arranged and paid by Tenant 5. CLEANING & SWEEP SERVICES 1.30 DM/m(2) 6. SWEEP MACHINE DEPLOYMENT 0.14 DM/m(2) (proportional flat-rate 100.00 DM/m(2)) 7. GUARDING & SECURITY SERVICES 0.12 DM/m(2) Monthly 1,021.80 DM 8. WINTER SERVICES ON OPEN AREA (charged as effectively rendered) 9. PROPERTY TAX 0.20 DM/m(2) 0.15 DM/m(2) 10. INSURANCES 0.11 DM/m(2) 11. MAINTENANCE FOR ROLLER DOORS AND RACK SERVICING PLANT To be arranged and paid by Tenant 12. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CHECKS To be arranged and paid by Tenant TOTAL. 2.22 DM/M(2) x 730 M(2) = 1,620.60 DM plus legally binding VAT (of currently 16%) 259.30 DM -14- APPENDIX 3 TO RENTAL AGREEMENT 1-1910 HOUSE RULES between TEAG Thuringer Energie AG Schwerborner Str. 30 99087 Erfurt and Brooks Automation GmbH Goschwitzer Strasse 25 07745 Jena represented through: Harald Hanne, General Manager ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF HOUSE RULES These House Rules are part of the Rental Agreement specified in the headline above. The Owner reserves his right to make modifications or amendments to the House Rules if deemed in the interest of the Tenant. Any such modification or amendment will be an integral part of the Rental Agreement if duly notified to the Tenant. The Tenant hereby accepts that the House Rules are binding for him. Any violation thereof will be considered as non-conforming usage of the rental object. In the event of serious or repeated violation, the Owner may, at his option, terminate the lease relationship without serving due notice. Replacement of any damage which is due to the violation or non-fulfilment of a reporting duty, will be the responsibility of the Tenant. GENERAL REGULATIVE PROVISIONS The Tenant shall utilize the rented rooms and areas in no other way than stipulated under this Agreement. He shall carefully clean and ventilate them. Sound protection and environment protection requirements must be properly met. He must take care that other tenants will not be molested by gas, vapors, smells, fumes, noise, black carbon, etc. In the event of failure to comply, the Tenant will be held responsible. Preventive care measures for floor areas in the rented rooms must exclude any possibility of damage. Soft padding supports should be used to avoid indentation marks. - 15 - No objects may be deposited or stored outside of the rented rooms, i.e. in room facilities or on open areas which are co-shared with others. Even if express approval has been obtained from the Owner, the Tenant will still be liable for any damage resulting from items stored in these places. In addition, the Tenant is prohibited from performing any work outside of the rented rooms. Vehicles in possession of the Tenant may only be parked on specially designated areas by permission of the Owner. Third-party vehicles are allowed to stay on the premises only for as long as required to load or unload their freight. For non-compliance with these rules, the Owner may - notwithstanding his other rights - charge the Tenant an adequate penalty. If the Tenant moves out, whether fully or partly, before this Agreement expires, he shall return the key to the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. This will even apply if he has left some of his stock in the rented rooms, but the number and nature of belongings left behind indicate his intention for lasting removal from the rooms under lease. In this case, the Owner will be entitled to take possession of the rented rooms even before these are finally cleared. TENANT'S DUTY TO EXERCISE REASONABLE CARE Will include the following: - - Keep the floors dry and treat them properly. - - Prevent damage to water supply and removal systems, electrical installations and other in-house facilities, avoid clogging of drain pipes. - - Promptly report any disturbance at these installations. - - Keep doors and windows firmly shut in the event of storm, at night and during absence. - - Do not make any change in the rental property, unless special approval has been obtained from the Owner; especially refrain from changes in installations (including electrical ducting) or knocking any nails (screws) hooks, etc. into wooden shieldings of any kind. - - Carefully store and treat all keys with accessory parts. - - Absence will not relieve the Tenant of his duty to take anti-frost precautions. -16- FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS All statutory and governmental requirements of a general technical nature, especially those issued by the construction supervision authority and the fire department, must be observed. Naked light is not allowed. All official prescriptions, especially those regarding the storage of inflammable materials must be considered and observed by the Tenant. HEATING INSTALLATIONS If required for reasons of the outer temperature, the installed heating plant will be kept in normal operating condition. As a guideline, all major utilized rooms will be heated up to a level of +20 degrees Celsius. For as long as the heating period lasts, the Tenant shall keep all doors and windows - even those of unheated rooms - firmly closed. Ventilation should be performed moderately to avoid major temperature drops inside the rooms. No heating can be expected during the period from May 1 to September 30. Existing hot water supply installations will be kept in a normal operating condition. Erfurt on August 9, 2000 Jena on August 2, 2000 TEAG Thuringer Energie AG Signed: pp. Briesemeister pp. Schneider - - Owner - - Tenant - Signed H. Hanne pp. Kohler
EX-10.46 8 b48616baexv10w46.txt EX-10.46 LEASE AGREEMENT - KYUNGGI INDUSTRY Exhibit 10.46 COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT LESSOR - KYUNGGI INDUSTRY REPRESENTATIVE - PARK, SANG CHEOUL LESSEE - BROOKS AUTOMATION ASIA LTD THERRIEN, ROBERT This Commercial Lease Agreement ("Lease") is made and effective 10/01/1999, by and between PARK, SANG CHEOUL: REPRESENTATIVE OF KYUNGGI INDUSTRY ("Lessor") and BROOKS AUTOMATION ASIA, LTD. ("Lessee"). In consideration of the mutual covenant contained herein and other valuable consideration received, and with the intent to be legally bound, the lessor and the lessee agree as follows: 1. ADDRESS 398-1, komae - ri, kiheung - Eup, Youngin - City, Kyunggi - Do, Korea 1st floor - 711.05m(2) 2nd floor - 711.05m(2) 4th floor - 711.05m(2) Total - 2133.15m(2) 2. USE The Premises shall be used by the lessee solely for factory and office and for activities incidental thereto. The lessee may not use the Leased Premises for any other purpose without obtaining the prior written consent of the lessor. 3. MAINTENANCE The lessee shall have an obligation of faithful maintenance to use the Leased Premises (Front door, stairway, corridor, freight elevator, rest room, etc.) 4. TERM (1) The lessor hereby leases the Leased Premises to the lessee, and the lessee hereby leases the same from the lessor, for an "Initial Term" beginning 10/01/1999 and ending 09/30/2001. Unless Either party may terminate this lease upon 1 month prior to the expiration of the Initial Term with a written notice to the other party, it is considered that this contract is extended to 2 years or more (2) In case that the lessee haven't still used the Leased Premises since 2 months passed from the beginning of the contract or the lessee don't deposit the key money(5-(1)) to lessor until the beginning of the contract, the lessor can cancel this contract unilaterally (3) When the leassor or the lessee wants to terminate the contract by each party's circumstance in the middle of term or extended term, one must notify the intention of terminating the contract in written statement 3 months prior to the other party. If the lessee pays 1-month lease payment and maintenance expenses for compensation to the lessor, the lessee can terminate the contract at any time. (4) Both parties can't cancel only a portion of Leased Premises unless they reach an agreement 5. KEY MONEY (1) Upon the execution of this Lease, the lessee shall pay The lessor a key money without liability for interest in the amount of (Won 150,000,000 won) to be held as security for the payment of rent and the faithful performance by the lessee of all of its obligations in this lease. Of key money, earnest money (Won 75,000,000) must be put to the lessor at the time that contract is made, the rest (Won 75,000,000) must be put before the beginning date of contract (2) If this contract is canceled by the clause 4.(2) or etc., earnest money passes to lessor as a penalty and the lessee can't demand to return earnest money (3) The lessee can't use key money for monthly rental payment and also can't hand the right of return claim for key money over the third party or hand the right of return claim as the right of security over the third party 6. MONTHLY RENTAL PAYMENT (1) The lessee shall pay a monthly rental payment (Won 9,000,000) to the lessor in the 30th day of each calendar month (if 30th day is holiday, it shall be following day) (2) The rental payment amount for any partial calendar months included in the lease term shall be prorated on a daily basis 7. MAINTENANCE EXPENSES (1) The lessee shall pay maintenance expenses (electrical charges, water supply and drainage charges, air cooling and heating charges, ventilation charges, cleaning charges) with monthly rental payment in the 30th day of each month (2) The lessee also shall pay additional maintenance expenses caused by the lessee except the basic maintenance expenses according to the lessor's basis 8. FEE ADJUSTMENT Among the term of contract (4. (1)) or the extended term, the lessor can adjust the key money, monthly rental payment and maintenance expenses through notifying one-month prior as follows ((1)-(3)). Adjusted key money, monthly rental payment and maintenance expenses are applied from the 1st day of the following month (1) In case that tax of the Leased Premises or lease management is remarkably increased or increase is expected (2) In case that maintenance expenses is remarkably increased (3) In case that the prices rise or economical circumstance is highly changed 9. EFFECTIVE DATE OF RENTAL PAYMENT If the lessee can't use the Leased Premises for the lessor's certain reason from starting date of the contract, real date the lessee uses the Leased Premises must be considered when paying monthly rental payment 10. LATE CHARGE If lessee fails to pay key money, monthly rental payment or any other amount due hereunder within the time limit of payment, lessee shall pay lessor a late payment charge equal to annual interest of 19% of the overdue amounts. 11. RETURNING KEY MONEY In case of expiration or termination of this contract, the lessor shall give back key money to the lessee within 7 days after the lessee recedes the Leased Premises If the lessee has got miscellaneous expenses or debts to pay to the lessor, the lessor returns key money after deducting miscellaneous expenses or debts 12. INSURANCE (1) If the Leased Premises or any other part of the Building is damaged by fire resulting from any act or negligence of the lessee or any of lessee's agents, employees or invitees, the lessee shall pay extended coverage insurance to the (2) To avoid a conflict resulting from loss of each party's (the lessor and the lessee) own Property by the fire, the lessee shall, at its own expense, be insured for comprehensive general liability with respect to the Leased Premises and the lessee shall provide the lessor with current Certificates of comprehensive general liability Insurance 13. VALUE ADDED TAX The lessee shall cover value added tax coming from this contract 14. ALTERATION (1) With a prior written consent of lessor, the lessee, at its own expenses, can do as follows (A, B) A. Attachment or alteration of Interior facilities, partitions and advertising objects B. Establishment or moving of miscellaneous facilities and power supply facilities or establishment, extension, moving or alteration of water supply and drainage facilities (2) The lessee, at its own expenses, shall restore the former condition of the Leased premises after expiration (3) If the lessee doesn't perform his duty to restore the Leased premises or the lessor don't approve lessee's restoration, the lessor can deduct additional expenses needed to restore the Leased premises in the key money. 15. CESSION AND SUBLEASE The lessee can't hand rights and duties of lease contract over the third party and also sublease all or any part of the Leased Premises 16. PROPERTY PROTECTION The lessee is responsible for the safety maintenance of the lessee's property and the lessor is not responsible for accident (robbery, fire and etc.) that happened in the Leased Premises 17. EXEMPTION (1) The lessor is not responsible for all the damage by legally irresistible accident beyond the human control (earthquake, storms and floods, war, riot and etc.) (2) The lessor is not responsible for governmental restrictions caused by the lessee's alteration, remodeling or maintenance 18. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP Even if proprietary, right of management and ownership are changed, this contract still has a legal force and Next lessor shall faithfully abide by this 19. CHANGE OF LESSEE'S INFORMATION If there is a change in the lessee's information (address, company name, representative, company capital, matters required to be registered and etc), the lessee shall notify the lessor of a change without delay 20. INDEMNIFICATION If the lessee does damage to the body or property of the lessor or third party with or without an intention, the lessee shall notify the lessor of this without delay and also pay for damage 21. CONTRACT TERMINATION (1) The lessor can immediately terminate this contract if the lessee conduct the below clauses A. In case the monthly rental payment and maintenance expenses are two months overdue B. Distraint, provisional distraint, provisional disposition, auction or bankruptcy of the lessee's property coming from liability can cause contract termination by the lessor's judgment C. In case that The lessee violates any clause in this contract (2) In case of above clauses (A - C), the lessor can terminate this contract at any time and take back Leased Premises and go through legal formalities. The fact that the lessor has key money can't be the reason that the lessee refuses to return the Leased Premised 22. EVACUATION AND RESTORATION (1) The lessee shall evacuate the Leased Premises within an expiration date and return all properties of the lessor when contract is expired (2) The lessee, at its own expenses, shall restore the Leased Premises to the original conditions within expiration date (ordinary wear and tear excepted) (3) In case that the lessee didn't evacuate the Leased Premises and restore the Leased Premises to the original conditions within an expiration date, the lessee shall pay additional charges (monthly rental payments and maintenance expenses) until the evacuation and restoration are finished. The lessee is responsible for all matters caused by delay of the evacuation and restoration 23. APPLICATORY LAW Details excepting the clause of this contract apply to the law of Republic of Korea and customary laws of lease In case that a dispute arises on the matters of this contract, basis is the contract written in Korean 25. REGISTRATION The lessor shall register lease contract in the proper form and the lessee shall pay registration fee to the lessor 26. EXTENSION OF GUARDROOM After obtaining the permission from the competent authorities, the lessor shall pay all expenses needed to extend the guardroom 27. JURISDICTION The lawsuit of this contract is under a competent local court To attest a conclusion of this contract, make out a contract in duplicate with a signature of each party and each party keeps this contract 03/31/2000 The lessor: 398-1, komae-ri, kiheung-eup, Yongin-city, Kyunggi-do, Korea Representative of Kyunggi Industry Park, Sang Cheoul The lessee: 398-1, komae-ri, kiheung-eup, Yongin-city, Kyunggi-do, Korea C.E.O. of Brooks Automation Asia Therrien, Robert EX-12.01 9 b48616baexv12w01.txt EX-12.01 CALCULATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS EXHIBIT 12.01 BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC. CALCULATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIOS)
Year ended September 30, ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- FIXED CHARGES Interest expense $ 10,042 $ 10,290 $ 4,063 $ 1,345 $ 1,553 Portion of rent expense representative of interest 5,624 2,733 1,600 1,933 1,633 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- 15,666 13,023 5,663 3,278 3,186 Preferred dividend requirement 109 230 845 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- Combined fixed charges and preferred dividend $ 15,666 $ 13,023 $ 5,772 $ 3,508 $ 4,031 ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== EARNINGS Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests $ (180,640) $ (627,412) $ (36,523) $ 28,444 $ (10,448) Minority Interest in pre tax income (loss) 214 (274) (424) (274) (40) Fixed charges per above 15,666 13,023 5,772 3,508 4,031 Less: Preferred dividend (109) (230) (845) ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- $ (165,188) $ (614,115) $ (30,436) $ 31,996 $ (7,222) ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends N/A N/A N/A 9.1 N/A ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== Coverage deficiency $ (180,854) $ (627,138) $ (36,208) N/A $ (11,253) ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
EX-21.01 10 b48616baexv21w01.txt EX-21.01 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY . . . EXHIBIT 21.01 BROOKS AUTOMATION, INC. Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Name Jurisdiction - ---- ------------ 1325949 Ontario Inc. Canada AutoSimulations Ltd. United Kingdom Auto-Soft Ltd. Scotland Brooks Automation Asia Ltd. Korea Brooks Automation (Belgium)NV Belgium Brooks Automation (Canada), Inc. Canada Brooks Automation (France) SAS France Brooks Automation (Germany) GmbH Germany Brooks Automation Holding (Belgium) BV B.A. Belgium Brooks Automation Holding (Germany) GmbH Germany Brooks Automation (Ireland) Ltd. Ireland Brooks Automation Israel, Inc. Israel Brooks Automation (Japan) K.K. Japan Brooks Automation Korea, Ltd. Korea Brooks Automation Luxembourg S.A.R.L. Luxembourg Brooks Automation (Malaysia) SDN. BHD. Malaysia Brooks Automation Offshore International Caymans Brooks Automation (Singapore) Pte Ltd. Singapore Brooks Automation (Taiwan) Company Ltd. Taiwan Brooks Automation (The Netherlands) B.V. The Netherlands Brooks Automation (UK) Ltd. United Kingdom Hermos Informatik GmbH Germany Interval Logic Corporation Massachusetts PRI Automation SDN. BHD. Malaysia PRI Automation Ltd. Ireland PRI Automation Ltd. UK PRI Korea Limited Korea PRI Holdings, Inc. Massachusetts PRI International Holdings, Inc. Massachusetts PRI Switzerland, Inc. Massachusetts PRI Automation Switzerland AG Switzerland Promis Systems Corp. Ltd. Hong Kong Promis Systems Corp. Ltd. Singapore Promis Systems Corp. (UK) Ltd. UK
EX-23.01 11 b48616baexv23w01.txt EX-23.01 CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP Exhibit 23.01 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement Form S-8 (Nos. 333-88190, 333-88160, 333-88154, 333-88158, 333-87764, 333-73682, 333-67432, 333-61928, 333-40848, 333-40842, 333-66457, 333-66455 and 333-66429) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-98849, 333-88320, 333-87194, 333-82562, 333-70122, 333-68060, 333-68062, 333-56642, 333-42620, 333-102714, 333-102716, 333-105176 and 333-109535) of Brooks Automation, Inc. of our report dated October 29, 2003 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in this Form 10-K. /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Boston, Massachusetts December 2, 2003 EX-31.01 12 b48616baexv31w01.txt EX-31.01 RULE 13A-14(A), 15D-14(A) CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT 31.01 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Robert J. Therrien, do certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Brooks Automation, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Omitted; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): a. All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. /s/ ROBERT J. THERRIEN ---------------------- Robert J. Therrien Director and Chief Executive Officer Date: December 2, 2003 EX-31.02 13 b48616baexv31w02.txt EX-31.02 RULE 13A-14(A), 15D-14(A) CERTIFICATION EXHIBIT 31.02 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Robert W. Woodbury, Jr., do certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Brooks Automation, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Omitted; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financing reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): a. All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. /s/ ROBERT W. WOODBURY, JR. --------------------------- Robert W. Woodbury, Jr. Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Date: December 2, 2003 EX-32 14 b48616baexv32.txt EX-32 SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS EXHIBIT 32 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 (SUBSECTIONS (A) AND (B) OF SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE) Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Brooks Automation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), does hereby certify, to the best of such officer's knowledge and belief, that: (1) The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Annual Form 10-K fairly presents, in all materials respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: December 2, 2003 /s/ ROBERT J. THERRIEN ---------------------- Robert J. Therrien Director and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Dated: December 2, 2003 /s/ ROBERT W. WOODBURY, JR. --------------------------- Robert W. Woodbury, Jr. Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Brooks Automation, Inc. and will be retained by Brooks Automation, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----